{"title":"Imaging systems and technology Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"biometrics-9780198809104","title":"Biometrics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe live in a society which is increasingly interconnected, in which communication between individuals is mostly mediated via some electronic platform, and transactions are often carried out remotely. In such a world, traditional notions of trust and confidence in the identity of those with whom we are interacting, taken for granted in the past, can be much less reliable. Biometrics - the scientific discipline of identifying individuals by means of the measurement of unique personal attributes - provides a reliable means of establishing or confirming an individual''s identity. These attributes include facial appearance, fingerprints, iris patterning, the voice, the way we write, or even the way we walk. The new technologies of biometrics have a wide range of practical applications, from securing mobile phones and laptops to establishing identity in bank transactions, travel documents, and national identity cards. This Very Short Introduction considers the capabilities of biometrics-based identity checking, from first principles to the practicalities of using different types of identification data. Michael Fairhurst looks at the basic techniques in use today, ongoing developments in system design, and emerging technologies, all aimed at improving precision in identification, and providing solutions to an increasingly wide range of practical problems. Considering how they may continue to develop in the future, Fairhurst explores the benefits and limitations of these pervasive and powerful technologies, and how they can effectively support our increasingly interconnected society.ABOUT THE SERIES: The Very Short Introductions series from Oxford University Press contains hundreds of titles in almost every subject area. These pocket-sized books are the perfect way to get ahead in a new subject quickly. Our expert authors combine facts, analysis, perspective, new ideas, and enthusiasm to make interesting and challenging topics highly readable.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1: Are you who you say you are?2: Biometrics: where should I start?3: Making biometrics work4: Enhancing biometric processing5: An introduction to predictive biometrics6: Where are we going?Further readingIndex","brand":"Oxford University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732791341399,"sku":"9780198809104","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780198809104.jpg?v=1791454513"},{"product_id":"fluorescent-chemosensors-9781839163869","title":"Fluorescent Chemosensors","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFluorescent chemosensors have been widely applied in many diverse fields such as biology, physiology, pharmacology, and environmental sciences. The interdisciplinary nature of chemosensor research has continued to grow over the last 25 years to meet the increasing needs of monitoring our environment and health.   More recently, a large range of fluorescent chemosensors have been established for the detection of biologically and\/or environmentally important species, and are increasingly being used to solve biological problems. The use of these molecules as imaging probes to diagnose and treat disease is gaining momentum with clear future applications.   This book will bring together world-leading experts to describe the current state of play in the field and introduce the cutting-edge research and possible future directions into fluorescent chemosensors design. Chapters focus on the basic principles involved in the design of chemosensors for specific analytes, problems, and challenges in the field.   Concentrating on advanced techniques and methods, the book will be of use for academics and researchers across a number of disciplines, with international appeal.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWelcome to Fluorescent Chemosensors;Supramolecular Chemistry, Fluorescence, and Sensing;Activity-based Sensing: Principles and Probes for Selective Bioimaging;Aggregation-induced Emission-based Fluorescent Systems;Diversity-oriented Fluorescence Library Approach: Accelerating Probe Development for Biological and Environmental Applications;Two-photon Fluorescent Probes;Ratiometric Fluorescent Chemosensors: Photophysical\/Chemical Mechanism Principles and Design Strategies;Chirality Sensing with UV-visible Absorbance, Fluorescence, and Circular Dichroism Spectroscopy;Fluorescent Carbon Nanoparticles;Fluorescent Chemosensors for Phosphates;Fluorescent Sensors for Reactive Oxygen Species;Subcellular Compartment-targeting Fluorescent Zn2+ Probes;Molecular Fluorescent Probes for the Detection and Imaging of Sulfane Sulfur and Reactive Selenium Species;The Activity-based Sensing of Biological Transition Metals;Activatable Photodynamic Photosensitizers for Cancer Treatment;Fluorescent Platforms for Environmental Sensing;Time-delayed Lanthanide Luminescent Sensors and Probes","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741984469335,"sku":"9781839163869","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781839163869.jpg?v=1720059562"},{"product_id":"advanced-x-ray-detector-technologies-design-and-applications-9783030642785","title":"Advanced X-ray Detector Technologies: Design and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book offers readers an overview of some of the most recent advances in the field of detectors for X-ray imaging. Coverage includes both technology and applications, with an in-depth review of the research topics from leading specialists in the field. Emphasis is on high-Z materials like CdTe, CZT and perovskites, since they offer the best implementation possibilities for direct conversion X-ray detectors.  Authors discuss material challenges, detector operation physics and technology and readout integrated circuits required to detect signals processes by high-Z sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction to High-Z Semiconductor Detectors.- High-Z compound semiconductors as sensors for hybrid pixel area detectors.- Photon-integrating hybrid pixel array detectors for high-energy x-ray applications.- Photon counting detectors and their applications in medical imaging.- CZT Detectors for High-Flux.- Position-sensitive virtual Frisch-grid CdZnTe detectors and their applications.- Drift detectors and Compton cameras.- CdTe Pixel Detectors for Hard X-Ray Astronomy.- High-Z pixel sensor characterization for synchrotron applications.- High Performance CdTe\/CZT Spectro-Imagers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743043727703,"sku":"9783030642785","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"handbook-of-signal-processing-systems-9783319917337","title":"Handbook of Signal Processing Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn this new edition of the Handbook of Signal Processing Systems, many of the chapters from the previous editions have been updated, and several new chapters have been added. The new contributions include chapters on signal processing methods for light field displays, throughput analysis of dataflow graphs, modeling for reconfigurable signal processing systems, fast Fourier transform architectures, deep neural networks, programmable architectures for histogram of oriented gradients processing, high dynamic range video coding, system-on-chip architectures for data analytics, analysis of finite word-length effects in fixed-point systems, and models of architecture. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are more than 700 tables and illustrations; in this edition over 300 are in color.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e This new edition of the handbook is organized in three parts. Part I motivates representative applications that drive and apply state-of-the art methods for design and implementation of signal processing systems; Part II discusses architectures for implementing these applications; and Part III focuses on compilers, as well as models of computation and their associated design tools and methodologies. \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Signal Processing Methods for Light Field Displays. 2 Inertial Sensors and Their Applications.- 3 Finding It Now: Construction and Configuration of Networked Classifiers in Real-Time Stream Mining Systems.- 4 Deep Neural Networks: A Signal Processing Perspective.- 5 High Dynamic Range Video Cooling.- 6 Signal Processing for Control.- 7 MPEG Reconfigurable Video Coding.- 8 Signal Processing for Wireless Transceivers.- 9 Signal Processing for Radio Astronomy.- 10 Distributed Smart Cameras and Distributed Computer Vision.- 11 Arithmetic.- 12 Coarse Grained Reconfigurable Array Architectures.- 13 High Performance Stream Processing on FPGA.- 14 Application-specific Accelerators for Communications.- 15 System-on-chip Architectures for Data Analytics.-  16 Architectures for Stereo Vision.- 17 Hardware Architectures for the Fast Fourier Transform.- 18 Programmable Architectures for Histogram of Oriented Gradients Processing.- 19 Methods and Tools for Mapping Process Networks onto Multi-Processor Systems-on-chip.- 20 Intermediate Representations for Simulation and Implementation.- 21 Throughput Analysis of Dataflow Graphs.- 22 Dataflow Modeling for Reconfigurable Signal Processing Systems.- 23 Integrated Modeling Using Finite State Machines and Dataflow Graphs.- 24 Kahn Process Networks and a Reactive Extension.- 25 Decidable Signal Processing Dataflow Graphs.- 26 Systolic Arrays.- 27 Compiling for VLIW DSPs.- 28 Software Compilation Techniques for Heterogeneous Embedded Multi-Core Systems.- 29 Analysis of Finite Word-Length Effects in Fixed-Point Systems.- 30 Models of Architecture for DSP Systems.- 31 Optimization of Number Representations.- 32 Dynamic Dataflow Graphs.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743109329239,"sku":"9783319917337","price":237.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783319917337.jpg?v=1791481755"},{"product_id":"infrared-thermal-imaging-fundamentals-research-and-applications-9783527413515","title":"Infrared Thermal Imaging: Fundamentals, Research","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis new up-to-date edition of the successful handbook and ready reference retains the proven concept of the first, covering basic and advanced methods and applications in infrared imaging from two leading expert authors in the field. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e All chapters have been completely revised and expanded and a new chapter has been added to reflect recent developments in the field and report on the progress made within the last decade.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e In addition there is now an even stronger focus on real-life examples, with 20% more case studies taken from science and industry. For ease of comprehension the text is backed by more than 590 images which include graphic visualizations and more than 300 infrared thermography figures. The latter include many new ones depicting, for example, spectacular views of phenomena in nature, sports, and daily life.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface to Second Edition XVII\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to First Edition XIX\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Acronyms XXIII\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Fundamentals of Infrared Thermal Imaging 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Infrared Radiation 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 ElectromagneticWaves and the Electromagnetic Spectrum 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Basics of Geometrical Optics for Infrared Radiation 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Geometric Properties of Reflection and Refraction 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Specular and Diffuse Reflection 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Portion of Reflected and Transmitted Radiation: Fresnel Equations 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Radiometry and Thermal Radiation 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Basic Radiometry 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.1 Radiant Power, Excitance, and Irradiance 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.2 Spectral Densities of Radiometric Quantities 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.3 Solid Angles 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.4 Radiant Intensity, Radiance, and Lambertian Emitters 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.5 Radiation Transfer between Surfaces: Fundamental Law of Radiometry and View Factor 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Blackbody Radiation 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.1 Definition 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.2 Planck Distribution Function for Blackbody Radiation 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.3 Different Representations of Planck’s Law 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.4 Stefan–Boltzmann Law 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.5 Band Emission 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.6 Order-of-Magnitude Estimate of Detector Sensitivities of IR Cameras 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Emissivity 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Definition 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Classification of Objects according to Emissivity 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Emissivity and Kirchhoff’s Law 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Parameters Affecting Emissivity Values 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.1 Material 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.2 Irregular Surface Structure 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.3 Viewing Angle 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.4 Regular Geometry Effects 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.5 Wavelength 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.6 Temperature 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.7 Conclusion 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.5 Techniques toMeasure\/Guess Emissivities for PracticalWork 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.6 Blackbody Radiators: Emissivity Standards for Calibration Purposes 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Optical Material Properties in IR 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Attenuation of IR Radiation while Passing throughMatter 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Transmission of Radiation through the Atmosphere 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Transmission of Radiation through Slablike SolidMaterials 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.1 Nonabsorbing Slabs 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.2 Absorbing Slabs 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4 Examples of Transmission Spectra of Optical Materials for IR Thermal Imaging 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.1 Gray Materials in Used IR Spectral Ranges 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.2 Some Selective Absorbers 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Thin Film Coatings: IR Components with Tailored Optical Properties 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Interference ofWaves 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 Interference and Optical Thin Films 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 Examples of AR Coatings 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4 Other Optical Components 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Some Notes on the History of Infrared Science and Technology 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1 Infrared Science 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1.1 Discovery of Heat Rays and Atmospheric Absorption 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1.2 Blackbodies and Blackbody Radiation 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1.3 Radiation Laws 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2 Development of Infrared Technology 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2.1 Prerequisites for IR Imaging 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2.2 Quantitative Measurements 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2.3 Applications and Imaging Techniques 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Basic Properties of IR Imaging Systems 107\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Detectors and Detector Systems 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Parameters That Characterize Detector Performance 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Noise Equivalent Temperature Difference 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Thermal Detectors 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3.1 Temperature Change of Detector 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3.2 Temperature-Dependent Resistance of Bolometer 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3.3 NEP and D* forMicrobolometer 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Photon Detectors 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4.1 Principle of Operation and Responsivity 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4.2 D* for Signal-Noise-Limited Detection 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4.3 D* for Background Noise Limited Detection 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4.4 Necessity to Cool Photon Detectors 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Types of Photon Detectors 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5.1 Photoconductors 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5.2 Photodiodes 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5.3 Schottky Barrier Detectors 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5.4 Quantum Well IR Photodetectors 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5.5 Recent Developments in IR Detector Technology 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Basic Measurement Process in IR Imaging 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Radiometric Chain 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Wavebands for Thermal Imaging 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Selecting the AppropriateWaveband for Thermal Imaging 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.1 Total Detected Amount of Radiation 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.2 Temperature Contrast–Radiation Changes upon Temperature Changes 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.3 Influence of Background Reflections 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.4 Influence of Emissivity and Emissivity Uncertainties 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.5 Potential use of Bolometers in MWor SWband 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Complete Camera Systems 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Camera Design – Image Formation 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1.1 Scanning Systems 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1.2 Staring Systems–Focal-Plane Arrays 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1.3 Nonuniformity Correction 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1.4 Bad Pixel Correction 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Photon Detector versus Bolometer Cameras 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Detector Temperature Stabilization and Detector Cooling 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Optics and Filters 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.1 Spectral Response 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.2 Chromatic Aberrations 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.3 Field of View 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.4 Extender Rings 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.5 Narcissus Effect 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.6 Spectral Filters 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Calibration 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 Camera Operation 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6.1 Switch-On Behavior of Cameras 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6.2 Thermal Shock Behavior 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7 Camera Software – Software Tools 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Camera Performance Characterization 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Temperature Accuracy 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Temperature Resolution – Noise Equivalent Temperature Difference (NETD) 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Spatial Resolution – IFOV and Slit Response Function 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Image Quality: MTF, MRTD, and MDTD 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Time Resolution – Frame Rate and Integration Time 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 AdvancedMethods in IR Imaging 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Spectrally Resolved Infrared Thermal Imaging 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Using Filters 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Glass Filters 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.2 Plastic Filters 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.3 Influence of Filters on Object Signal and NETD 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Two-Color or Ratio Thermography 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.1 Neglecting Background Reflections 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.2 Approximations of Planck’s Radiation Law 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.3 Tobj Error for True Gray Bodies withinWien Approximation 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.4 Additional Tobj Errors Owing to Nongray Objects 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.5 Ratio Versus Single-Band-Radiation Thermometry 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.6 Exemplary Application of Two-Color Thermography 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.7 Extension of Ratio Method and Applications 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Multi- and Hyperspectral Infrared Imaging 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.1 Principal Idea 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.2 Basics of FTIR Spectrometry 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.3 Advantages of FTIR Spectrometers 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.4 Example of a Hyperspectral Imaging Instrument 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Superframing 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Method 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Example of High-Speed Imaging and Selected Integration Times 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Cameras with Fixed Integration Time 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Polarization in Infrared Thermal Imaging 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Polarization and Thermal Reflections 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.1 Transition from Directed to Diffuse Reflections from Surfaces 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.2 Reflectivities for SelectedMaterials in the Thermal Infrared Range 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.3 Measuring Reflectivity Spectra: Laboratory Experiments 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.4 Identification and Suppression of Thermal Reflections: Practical Examples 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Polarization-Sensitive Thermal Imaging 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Processing of IR Images 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Basic Methods of Image Processing 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.1 Image Fusion 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.2 Image Building 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.3 Image Subtraction 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.4 Consecutive Image Subtraction: Time Derivatives 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.5 Consecutive Image Subtraction: High-Sensitivity Mode 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.6 Image Derivative in Spatial Domain 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.7 Infrared Image Contrast and Digital Detail Enhancement 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Advanced Methods of Image Processing 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.1 Preprocessing 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.2 Geometrical Transformations 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.3 Segmentation 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.4 Feature Extraction and Reduction 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.5 Pattern Recognition 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.6 Deblurring of Infrared Images 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Active Thermal Imaging 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Transient Heat Transfer – ThermalWave Description 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Pulse Thermography 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Lock-in Thermography 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3.1 Nondestructive Testing of Metals and Composite Structures 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3.2 Solar Cell Inspection 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.4 Pulsed Phase Thermography 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Some Basic Concepts in Heat Transfer 351\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 The Basic Heat TransferModes: Conduction, Convection, and Radiation 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Conduction 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Convection 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Radiation 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Convection Including Latent Heats 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Selected Examples of Heat Transfer Problems 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Overview 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Conduction within Solids: The Biot Number 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Steady-State Heat Transfer through One-DimensionalWalls and U-Value 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Heat Transfer ThroughWindows 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Steady-State Heat Transfer in Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems: Thermal Bridges 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Dew Point Temperatures 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Transient Effects: Heating and Cooling of Objects 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Heat Capacity and Thermal Diffusivity 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Short Survey of Quantitative Treatments of Time-Dependent Problems 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Demonstration of Transient Heat Diffusion 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Typical Time Constants for Transient Thermal Phenomena 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4.1 Cooling Cube Experiment 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4.2 Theoretical Modeling of Cooling of Solid Cubes 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4.3 Time Constants for Different Objects 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Some Thoughts on the Validity of Newton’s Law 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Theoretical Cooling Curves 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Relative Contributions of Radiation and Convection 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Experiments: Heating and Cooling of Light Bulbs 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Basic Applications for Teaching: Direct Visualization of Physics Phenomena 393\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Mechanics: Transformation of Mechanical Energy into Heat 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Sliding Friction andWeight 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Sliding Friction during Braking of Bicycles and Motorcycles 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Sliding Friction: the Finger or Hammer Pencil 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Inelastic Collisions: Tennis 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Inelastic Collisions: The Human Balance 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6 Temperature Rise of Floor and Feet whileWalking 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.7 Temperature Rise of Tires during Normal Driving of a Vehicle 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.8 Generating Heat by Periodic Stretching of Rubber 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Thermal Physics Phenomena 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Conventional Hot-Water-Filled Heaters 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Thermal Conductivities 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Conduction of Heat in Stack of Paper 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Convection in Liquids 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Convection Effects Due to Gases 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Evaporative Cooling 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.7 Adiabatic Heating and Cooling 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.8 Heating of Cheese Cubes 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.9 Cooling of Bottles and Cans 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Electromagnetism 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Energy and Power in Simple Electric Circuits 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Eddy Currents 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Thermoelectric Effects 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Experiments with Microwave Ovens 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.1 Setup 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.2 Visualization of Horizontal Modes 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.3 Visualization of Vertical Modes 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4.4 Aluminum Foil in Microwave Ovens 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Optics and Radiation Physics 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Transmission ofWindow Glass, NaCl, and SiliconWafers 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 From Specular to Diffuse Reflection 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Some Light Sources 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Blackbody Cavities 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 Emissivities and Leslie Cube 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents XI\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.6 From Absorption to Emission of Cavity Radiation 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.7 Selective Absorption and Emission of Gases 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Shortwave Infrared Thermal Imaging 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Why and How of SWInfrared Imaging 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Some Applications of SWInfrared Imaging 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Water OpticalMaterial Properties 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Cameras Used in the Experiments 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Selected Examples of SWImaging 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 High-Temperature Measurements 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Vegetation Studies 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.3 Sky-to-Cloud Contrast Enhancement 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.4 Sorting Plastics and Detecting Liquid Levels in Plastic Containers 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.5 Looking Beneath the Surface 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.6 Undamaged Fresh Fruit\/Vegetable Test 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.7 Material Properties of Liquids 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.8 Moisture onWalls 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.9 Other Applications of SW Imaging 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Survey of Commercial Systems 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 IR Imaging of Buildings and Infrastructure 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Publicity of IR Images of Buildings 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Just Colorful Images? 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Level and Span 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 Choice of Color Palette 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.3 More on Palette, Level, and Span 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 General Problems Associated with Interpretation of IR Images 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Energy Standard Regulations for Buildings 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Some Standard Examples for Building Thermography 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Half-Timbered Houses behind Plaster 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Other Examples with OutsideWalls 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Determining whether a Defect Is Energetically Relevant 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 The Role of Inside Thermal Insulation 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Floor Heating Systems 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Geometrical Thermal Bridges versus Structural Problems 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Geometrical Thermal Bridges 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Structural Defects 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 External Influences 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Wind 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Effect of Moisture in Thermal Images 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Solar Load and Shadows 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.1 Modeling Transient Effects Due to Solar Load 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.2 Experimental Time Constants 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.3 Shadows 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.4 Solar Load of Structures withinWalls 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.5 Direct Solar Reflections 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 General View Factor Effects in Building Thermography 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Night Sky Radiant Cooling and the View Factor 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.1 Cars Parked Outside or Below a Carport 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.2 Walls of Houses Facing a Clear Sky 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.3 View Factor Effects: Partial Shielding ofWalls by Carport 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.4 View Factor Effects: The Influence of Neighboring Buildings and Roof Overhang 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Windows 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 General Features 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Optically Induced Thermal Effects 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Thermography and Blower-Door Tests 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Close-Up Studies 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Overview Studies 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Quantitative IR Imaging: Total Heat Transfer through Building Envelope 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 New Developments and Conclusions 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 556\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Industrial Application: Detection of Gases 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Spectra of Molecular Gases 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Influences of Gases on IR Imaging: Absorption, Scattering, and Emission of Radiation 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Introduction 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Interaction of Gases with IR Radiation 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Influence of Gases on IR Signals from Objects 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Absorption by Cold Gases: Quantitative Aspects 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Attenuation of Radiation by a Cold Gas 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 From Transmission Spectra to Absorption Constants 574\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Transmission Spectra for Arbitrary Gas Conditions and IR Camera Signal Changes 574\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Calibration Curves for Gas Detection 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.5 Problem: the Enormous Variety ofMeasurement Conditions 578\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Thermal Emission from Hot Gases 580\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 New Developments 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Practical Examples: Gas Detection with Commercial IR Cameras 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Organic Compounds 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Some Inorganic Compounds 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 CO2: Gas of the Century 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.1 Comparison of Broadband and Narrowband Detection 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.2 Detecting Volume Concentration of CO2 in Exhaled Air 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.3 Absorption, Scattering, and Thermal Emission of IR Radiation 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.4 Quantitative Result: Detecting Minute Amounts of CO2 in Air 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.5 Quantitative Result: Detection ofWell-Defined CO2 Gas Flows from a Tube 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A Appendix: Survey of Transmission Spectra of Various Gases 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.1 Inorganic Compounds 1 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.2 Inorganic Compounds 2 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.3 Simple Hydrocarbons 1 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.4 Simple Hydrocarbons 2 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.5 Simple Multiple Bond Compounds and Some Alcohols 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.6 Some Ketones\/Ethers 609\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.7 Some Benzene Compounds 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.8 Some HydrocarbonsWith Halogens 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 612\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Microsystems 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Special Requirements for Thermal Imaging 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Mechanical Stability of Setup 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Microscope Objectives, Close-up Lenses, Extender Rings 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 High-Speed Recording 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Temperature Measurement 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Microfluidic Systems 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Microreactors 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.1 Stainless Steel Falling Film Microreactor 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.2 Glass Microreactor 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.3 Silicon Microreactor 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Micro Heat Exchangers 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Microsensors 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Thermal IR Sensors 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1.1 IR Thermopile Sensors 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1.2 IR Bolometer Sensors 632\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Semiconductor Gas Sensors 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Microsystems with Electric to Thermal Energy Conversion 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Miniaturized IR Emitters 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Micro Peltier Elements 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 Cryogenic Actuators 640\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 642\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Selected Topics in Industry 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Miscellaneous Industrial Applications 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Predictive Maintenance and Quality Control 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Pipes and Valves in a Power Plant 647\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Levels of Liquids in Tanks in Petrochemical Industry 648\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 Polymer Molding 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.5 Rack-Storage Fire Testing 652\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Low-Voltage Electrical Applications 653\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Early Microelectronic Boards 654\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Macroscopic Electric Boards 655\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 ModernMicroelectronic Boards 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 High-Voltage Electrical Applications 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Substation Transformers 657\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Overheated High-Voltage Line 659\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Electric Fan Defects 660\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Oil Levels in High-Voltage Bushings 660\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Metal Industry and High Temperatures 662\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Direct Imaging of HotMetal Molds 662\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Manufacturing Hot SolidMetal Strips: Thermal Reflections 663\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Determination of Metal Temperatures if Emissivity Is Known 665\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Determining Metal Temperatures for Unknown Emissivity: Gold Cup Method 666\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.5 Determining Metal Temperatures for Unknown Emissivity:Wedge and Black Emitter Method 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.6 Other Applications of IR Imaging in Metal Industry or at High Temperatures 669\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Automobile Industry 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Quality Control of Heating Systems 671\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Active and Passive IR Night Vision Systems 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 IR Imaging of Race Cars 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.4 Motorcycles 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Airplane and Spacecraft Industry 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Imaging of Aircraft 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Imaging of Spacecraft 678\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Plastic Foils 683\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.1 Spectra: Selective Emitters 683\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.2 Images: Looking through Plastics 685\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Surveillance and Security: Range of IR Cameras 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9.1 Applications in Surveillance 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9.2 Range of IR Cameras 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Line Scanning Thermometry ofMoving Objects 694\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11 Remote Sensing Using IR Imaging 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11.1 Survey ofMethods 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11.2 Some IR Imaging Applications Using Drones 699\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 702\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Selected Applications in Other Fields 709\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Medical Applications 709\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Introduction 709\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Diagnosis andMonitoring of Pain 712\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Acupuncture 716\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 Breast Thermography and Detection of Breast Cancer 718\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5 Other Medical Applications 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5.1 Raynaud’s Phenomenon 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5.2 Pressure Ulcers 720\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Animals and Veterinary Applications 721\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Pets 722\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Zoo Animals 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Equine Thermography 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Wildlife 726\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Sports 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 High-Speed Recording of Tennis Serve 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Squash and Volleyball 732\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Other Applications in Sports 734\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Arts: Music, Contemporary Dancing, and Paintings 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Musical Instruments 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Contemporary Dance 737\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Paintings 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Nature 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Sky and Clouds 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Wildfires 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Sun and Moon 749\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 InfraredMirages 752\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5 Geothermal Phenomena 754\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5.1 Geysers and Hot Springs 754\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5.2 IR Thermal Imaging in Volcanology 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 760\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 765\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743127449943,"sku":"9783527413515","price":153.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527413515.jpg?v=1720064230"},{"product_id":"soft-computing-applications-9789811080487","title":"Soft Computing Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book provides a reference guide for researchers, scientists and industrialists working in the area of soft computing, and highlights the latest advances in and applications of soft computing techniques in multidisciplinary areas. Gathering papers presented at the International Conference on Soft Computing: Theories and Applications (SoCTA 2016), which was held in Jaipur, Rajasthan, India, on December 28–30, 2016, it focuses on applying soft computing to solve real-life problems arising in various domains, from medical and healthcare to supply chain management, image processing and cryptanalysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003eThe term soft computing represents an umbrella term for computational techniques like fuzzy logic, neural networks and nature inspired algorithms. In the past few decades, there has been an exponential rise in the application of soft computing techniques to address complex and intricate problems in diverse spheres of life. The versatility of these techniques has made them a favourite among scientists and researchers alike.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Brain like Computer Made of Time crystal: Could a Metric of Prime alone Replace a User and Alleviate Programming Forever?.- Optimum Selection of Energy-Efficient Material: A MCDM Based Distance Approach.- Role of Sodium, Potassium and Synaptic Conductance in STN-GPe Model of Basal Ganglia in Parkinson Disease.- A New Hybrid Algorithm Using Chaos Enhanced Differential Evolution For Loss Minimization With Improvement of Voltage Profile of Distribution Systems.- Fractal and Periodical Biological Antennas: Hidden Topologies in DNA, Wasps and Retina in the Eye.- Efficient Multiprocessor Scheduling Using Water Cycle Algorithm.- Estimating Software Reliability Growth Model Parameters Using Opposition Based Shuffled Frog-Leaping Algorithm.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743274905943,"sku":"9789811080487","price":67.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811080487.jpg?v=1791483772"},{"product_id":"man-machine-speech-communication-14th-national-conference-ncmmsc-2017-lianyungang-china-october-11-13-2017-revised-selected-papers-9789811081101","title":"Man-Machine Speech Communication: 14th National","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 14th National Conference on Man-Machine Speech Communication, NCMMSC 2017, held in Lianyungang, China, in October 2017. \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 13 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 39 submissions. The papers address issues such as challenging issues in speech recognition and enhancement, speaker and language recognition, speech synthesis, corpus and phonetic in speech technology, speech generation, speech analyzing and modelling, speech processing of ethnic minorities, speech emotion recognition and audio signal processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChallenging issues in speech recognition and enhancement.- Speaker and language recognition, speech synthesis.- Corpus and phonetic in speech technology.- Speech generation, speech analyzing and modelling.- Speech processing of ethnic minorities.- Speech emotion recognition.- Audio signal processing.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743275004247,"sku":"9789811081101","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"mri-9781119013051","title":"MRI","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis fifth edition of the most accessible introduction to MRI principles and applications from renowned teachers in the field provides an understandable yet comprehensive update.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eAccessible introductory guide from renowned teachers in the field\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eProvides a concise yet thorough introduction for MRI focusing on fundamental physics, pulse sequences, and clinical applications without presenting advanced math\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTakes a practical approach, including up-to-date protocols, and supports technical concepts with thorough explanations and illustrations\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHighlights sections that are directly relevant to radiology board exams\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePresents new information on the latest scan techniques and applications including 3 Tesla whole body scanners, safety issues, and the nephrotoxic effects of gadolinium-based contrast media\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface, ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eABR study guide topics, xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Production of net magnetization 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Magnetic fields 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Nuclear spin 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Nuclear magnetic moments 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Larmor precession 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Net magnetization 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Susceptibility and magnetic materials 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Concepts of magnetic resonance 10\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Radiofrequency excitation 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Radiofrequency signal detection 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Chemical shift 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Relaxation 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 T1 relaxation and saturation 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 T2 relaxation, T2* relaxation, and spin echoes 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Principles of magnetic resonance imaging – 1 26\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Gradient fields 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Slice selection 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Readout or frequency encoding 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Phase encoding 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Sequence looping 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Principles of magnetic resonance imaging – 2 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Frequency selective excitation 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Composite pulses 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Raw data and image data matrices 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Signal-to-noise ratio and tradeoffs 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Raw data and k-space 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Reduced k-space techniques 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Reordered k-space filling techniques 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Other k-space filling techniques 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Phased-array coils 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Parallel acquisition methods 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Pulse sequences 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Spin echo sequences 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Gradient echo sequences 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Echo planar imaging sequences 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Magnetization-prepared sequences 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Measurement parameters and image contrast 86\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Intrinsic parameters 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Extrinsic parameters 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Parameter tradeoffs 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Signal suppression techniques 94\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Spatial presaturation 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Magnetization transfer suppression 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Frequency-selective saturation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Nonsaturation methods 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Artifacts 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Motion artifacts 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Sequence\/Protocol-related artifacts 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 External artifacts 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Motion artifact reduction techniques 126\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Acquisition parameter modification 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Triggering\/Gating 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Flow compensation 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Radial-based motion compensation 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Magnetic resonance angiography 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Time-of-flight MRA 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Phase contrast MRA 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Maximum intensity projection 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Advanced imaging applications 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Diffusion 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12.2 Perfusion 153\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Functional brain imaging 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Ultra-high field imaging 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Noble gas imaging 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Magnetic resonance spectroscopy 162\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Additional concepts 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Localization techniques 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Spectral analysis and postprocessing 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Ultra-high field spectroscopy 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Instrumentation 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Computer systems 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Magnet system 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Gradient system 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Radiofrequency system 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Data acquisition system 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Summary of system components 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Contrast agents 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Intravenous agents 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Oral agents 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Safety 196\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Base magnetic field 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Cryogens 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Gradients 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 RF power deposition 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Contrast media 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Clinical applications 200\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 General principles of clinical MR imaging 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Examination design considerations 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Protocol considerations for anatomical regions 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Recommendations for specific sequences and clinical situations 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences and suggested readings 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 225\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley and Sons Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866384347479,"sku":"9781119013051","price":51.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119013051.jpg?v=1722278393"},{"product_id":"mri-physics-9781119615026","title":"MRI Physics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eMRI\u003c\/b\u003e PHYSICS \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMRI\u003c\/b\u003e PHYSICS\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTECH TO TECH EXPLANATIONS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTechnologists must have a solid understanding of the physics behind Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), including safety, the hows and whys of the quantum physics of the MR phenomenon, and how to competently operate MRI scanners. Generating the highest quality images of the human body involves thorough knowledge of scanner hardware, pulse sequences, image contrast, geometric parameters, and tissue suppression techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMRI Physics: Tech to Tech Explanations\u003c\/i\u003e is designed to help student MRI technologists and radiotherapists preparing for Advanced MRI certification examinations to better understand difficult concepts and topics in a quick and easy manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWritten by a highly experienced technologist, this useful guide provides clear and reader-friendly coverage of what every MR Technologist needs to know. Topics include safety considerations associated with the magnetic field and RF, pulse sequences, \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eHardware: Magnet Types and Coils 15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnets 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCoils 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Basics 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy the Hydrogen Molecule? 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Net Magnetization Vector 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMRI is a Sequence of Events 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFree Induction Decay (FID) 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRelaxation 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProton Density 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImage Contrast 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe IQ Triangle: Contrast, SNR, Resolution 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB0 and B1 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFree and Bound Protons 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eImage Weighting 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere Does Image Weighting Come From? 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime of Repetition (TR) 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime of Echo (TE) 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTE and TR 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Different TR Ranges for Different Field Strengths? 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Does TR Control T1? 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Does TR Affect? 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterpreting the T1 Relaxation Curve 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime of Repetition: Effects of the TR 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTE: The T1 and T2 of it 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterpreting the T2 Relaxation Curve 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEffects of TE on Image Contrast 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Do the Lines on the Curves Really Mean Anyway? 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOne Last Weighting Triangle 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eT1 and T2 Contrast Review 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction to the Basic Pulse Sequences 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is a Pulse Sequence? 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpin Echo (SE) 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGradient Echo\/Gradient Recalled Echo (GRE) 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLine Diagram Anatomy 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Ernst Angle 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eMulti Echo Spin Echo Sequence 81\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to \u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Space 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Space: Phase Encoding 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith FSE, Watch the Speed Limit! 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ek-\u003c\/i\u003eSpace, ETL, and Image Contrast 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFilling \u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Space 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePros and Cons of FSE 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnother Way to View T2* and 180\u003csup\u003e°\u003c\/sup\u003es 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere Do Relaxation and Decay Curves Come From? 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA T2* Curve Compared to the T2 Curve 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMetal Artifact Reduction (MARS) 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDriven Equilibrium: A “Forced T1” 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3D FSE: CUBE\/SPACE\/VISTA 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSingle Shot FSE\/HASTE 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eTissue Suppression 105\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTissue Saturation versus Suppression 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInversion Recovery – Part One: STIR 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInversion Recovery: STIR with Vectors 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInversion Recovery Part Two: T2 FLAIR 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIR Sequences: T1 and T2 FLAIR 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIR Weightings: STIR, T1 and T2 FLAIR 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInversion Recovery – Part Two 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Rupture View 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTissue Saturation: Chemical Shift 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemical Saturation at Low Fields 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTissue Saturation: SPAIR and SPIR 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Dixon Technique 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWater Excitation 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaturation Pulses or Bands 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubtractions 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetization Transfer 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIR Prepped Sequences 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow is an RF Pulse Selective or Non-Selective? 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWater Excitation Sequences 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Gradient Echo Sequence 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGRE Sequence Structure 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhase Dispersion and Gradient Reversal 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalog to Digital Converter (ADC) 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGRE Sequence Image Weighting 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo Different Kinds of T2 Relaxation 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GRE Weighting Triangle 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGRE and SE Differences 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDifferent Gradient Echo Types 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn and Out of Phase TEs 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn Phase\/Out of Phase at 1.5 T 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eGradient Echo Magnetic Resonance Angiography 167\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime of Flight MRA 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTOF Angiography: Two Golden Rules 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of MRA Sequences 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTOF Concept in MRA versus MRV 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2D versus 3D 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2D TOF MRAs 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3D TOF MRAs 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn-Plane Saturation 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn-Plane Saturation Avoidance 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetization Transfer (MT) 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptions for Better MRAs 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhase Contrast MRA 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Space 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Fourier Transform? 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Space Filling 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eEcho Planar Sequences 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion Weighted Imaging 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion Tensor Imaging or White Matter Tractography 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSusceptibility Weighted Imaging 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBrain Perfusion 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArterial Spin Labeling 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpectroscopy 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eGeometric Parameters: Trade-offs and Effects on Image Quality 231\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eField of View (FOV) Is Your Film Size 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNex, ACQ, NSA, and SNR 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScan Matrix 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFrequency Matrix 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEcho Train Length 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEcho Spacing 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEcho Train Balancing 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSlice Thickness and Slice Gap 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFractional Echo 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBandwidth 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRectangular (Rec.) FOV 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNo Phase Wrap\/Phase Oversampling\/Fold-Over Suppression 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConcatenations or Acquisitions 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSequential Order Acquisition 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eImage Artifacts 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMotion 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFlow Artifact\/Phase Mis-registration 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRF Artifacts 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrap\/Aliasing\/Fold-over Artifact 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGibbs Artifact (Ringing\/Truncation) 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemical Shift Artifact 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCross-talk 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCross-excitation 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGradient Warp or Distortion 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMetal Artifacts 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCorduroy Artifact 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnifact 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoiré Fringe Artifact or Zebra Artifact 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetic Susceptibility Artifact 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDielectric Effect or Standing Wave 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagic Angle Artifact 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eGradients 295\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhysical Gradients 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogical Gradients 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eMRI Math 313\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Larmor Equation: W\u003csub\u003e0\u003c\/sub\u003e = γB\u003csub\u003e0\u003c\/sub\u003e 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcquisitions or Nex or NSA 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScan Time Equations 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePixel Size and Voxel Volume 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Convert Hz per Pixel to MHz 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn and Out of Phase TEs 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDixon Method or Technique 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSNR and the 3D Sequence 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eParallel Imaging 325\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParallel Imaging: What Is It? 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhen and Where to Use the Speed 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParallel Imaging: How Does It Work? 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParallel Imaging: Pros and Cons 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eIV Gadolinium 335\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy We Use Gad 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Does Gad Shorten the T1 of Tissues? 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Blood–Brain Barrier 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePost Contrast T2 FLAIR Imaging 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImaging Gadolinium 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEovist\u003csup\u003e®\u003c\/sup\u003e 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggested Reading 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 389 \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley and Sons Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866405876055,"sku":"9781119615026","price":40.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119615026.jpg?v=1722278491"},{"product_id":"thermal-imaging-for-wildlife-applications-9781784273873","title":"Thermal Imaging for Wildlife Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThermal imaging is exciting technology that can act as a powerful tool in a growing number of wildlife research, ecology and management applications. It allows us to see things difficult or even impossible to detect using conventional methods, opening a window onto the worlds of cryptic, nocturnal, secretive and otherwise challenging species. This can offer a range of benefits such as increased accuracy, reduced costs, better efficiency and improvements to health and safety conditions. Yet the relevant information is often largely inaccessible to most wildlife professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThermal Imaging for Wildlife Applications\u003c\/em\u003e brings together key findings from academic research and applied field protocols, along with the author’s wealth of practical experience, to inform and guide the reader in an approachable and understandable format. This comprehensive handbook includes chapters covering the fundamentals of the technology, methods, equipment and detailed discussion of application types, as well as specific sections that focus on terrestrial mammals, bats, marine mammals and birds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe final chapter explores some of the many potential future uses of thermal imaging, before a thorough literature overview and a list of resources ensure that this will be the standard work on the subject for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eI found the book delightful, engaging, informative, and an overall wonderful reference. It would be of interest to anyone who is either considering, or ready to begin using thermal imaging technology. It's not only a unique resource on the subject, but an impressive technical reference, which one can come back to again, and again.\u003c\/p\u003e -- Al Milano * Bat Detecting Blog *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eA comprehensive guide to the use of thermography in animal research... Essentially, this is technical book for someone who is considering thermal imaging in their research programme and is planning their work with animals that are difficult to find with conventional surveys. However, this book is also useful for those who wish to use their equipment more effectively and for those naturalists who want an accessible insight into the world of thermal imaging.\u003c\/p\u003e -- David Skydmore * BNA News Bulletin *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eContents\u003cbr\u003e List of Figures \u003cbr\u003e Preface \u003cbr\u003e Acknowledgements\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1.1 How it works\u003cbr\u003e 1.2 History of thermal imaging for wildlife applications\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 Advantages of using thermal imaging\u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Challenges and limitations of thermal imaging\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Foundations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Setting the thermal scene\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 Detectability\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Methods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3.1 Operations workflow\u003cbr\u003e 3.2 Levels of use\u003cbr\u003e 3.3 Deployment methods\u003cbr\u003e 3.4 Combining techniques\u003cbr\u003e 3.5 Expertise requirements\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 4.1 Important specifications for device selection\u003cbr\u003e 4.2 Accessories\u003cbr\u003e 4.3 Calibration\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Application Types\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 5.1 Detection, classification and counting\u003cbr\u003e 5.2 Human–wildlife interactions\u003cbr\u003e 5.3 Behavioural studies\u003cbr\u003e 5.4 Health and rehabilitation\u003cbr\u003e 5.5 Thermoregulation, thermal biology and thermal ecology\u003cbr\u003e 5.6 Communication, education and awareness\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Wildlife Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 6.1 Mammals\u003cbr\u003e 6.2 Birds\u003cbr\u003e 6.3 Bats\u003cbr\u003e 6.4 Marine mammals\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Future Possibilities\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 7.1 Further development of thermal-imaging technologies\u003cbr\u003e 7.2 Automation\u003cbr\u003e 7.3 Data storage and handling\u003cbr\u003e 7.4 Sustainability\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAppendix\u003cbr\u003e Tables\u003cbr\u003e Resources \u003cbr\u003e Supplier Directory\u003cbr\u003e References \u003cbr\u003e Index\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pelagic Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868297638231,"sku":"9781784273873","price":38.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781784273873.jpg?v=1791477112"},{"product_id":"hybrid-mr-pet-imaging-systems-methods-and-applications-9781788010740","title":"Hybrid MR-PET Imaging: Systems, Methods and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe combination of two leading imaging techniques – magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography – is poised to have a large impact and has recently been a driver of research and clinical applications. The hybrid instrument is capable of acquiring both datasets simultaneously and this affords a number of advantages ranging from the obvious, two datasets acquired in the time required for one, through to novel applications. This book describes the basics of MRI and PET and then the technical issues and advantages involved in bringing together the two techniques. Novel applications in preclinical settings, human imaging and tracers are described.   The book is for students and scientists entering the field of MR–PET with an MRI background but lacking PET or vice versa. It provides practical details from experts working in the area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart A - Basics: Section I: Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Introduction to MRI; MRI Instrumentation; Selective Applications of MRI for Brain Imaging; Ultra-High Field and Emerging Applications; Section II: Positron Emission Tomography: Introduction to PET; Positron Emission Tomography Instrumentation; PET Quantification; Kinetic Modeling and Extraction of Metabolic Parameters; Part B - Hybrid MR-PET Imaging: Technical Overview: Section I: Hardware: Introduction and Historical Overview; MR-PET Instrumentation; Section II: Special Aspects of Data Corrections in MR-PET: MR-based Corrections for Quantitative PET Image; Motion Correction in Brain MR-PET; Section III: Special Considerations in MR-PET: MR-PET Measurement; Parametric Imaging; Technical and Methodological Aspects of Whole-body MR-PET; Part C – Human MR-PET Applications: Brain; Clinical Applications of Whole-body MR-PET; Part D - Preclinical Applications: Preclinical Hybrid MR-PET Scanner Hardware; Preclinical Applications of MR-PET; Part E – Tracers: Radiotracers for PET and MR-PET Imaging","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887838671191,"sku":"9781788010740","price":151.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781788010740.jpg?v=1791477497"},{"product_id":"facial-recognition-technology-usage-by-federal-law-enforcement-9798886971248","title":"Facial Recognition Technology: Usage by Federal","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48890357678423,"sku":"9798886971248","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"postphenomenology-and-technoscience-the-peking-university-lectures-suny-series-in-the-philosophy-of-the-social-sciences-9781438426228","title":"Postphenomenology and Technoscience The Peking","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"State University of New York Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49083968684375,"sku":"9781438426228","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"practical-image-and-video-processing-using-matlab-9780470048153","title":"Practical Image and Video Processing Using MATLAB","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book provides a practical introduction to the most important topics in image and video processing using MATLAB (and its Image Processing Toolbox) as a tool to demonstrate the most important techniques and algorithms. The contents are presented in a clear, technically accurate, objective way, with just enough mathematical detail.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eList of Figures xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Tables xxxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword xli\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xliii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xlix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Image Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Introduction and Overview 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Image Processing Basics 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 MATLAB Basics 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 The Image Processing Toolbox at A Glance 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Image Sensing and Acquisition 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Arithmetic and Logic Operations 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Geometric Operations 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Gray-Level Transformations 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Histogram Processing 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Neighborhood Processing 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Frequency-Domain Filtering 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Image Restoration 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13 Morphological Image Processing 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14 Edge Detection 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15 Image Segmentation 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16 Color Image Processing 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17 Image Compression and Coding 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18 Feature Extraction and Representation 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19 Visual Pattern Recognition 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Video Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20 Video Fundamentals 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21 Video Sampling Rate And Standards Conversion 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22 Digital Video Processing Techniques and Applications 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Human Visual Perception 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: GUI Development 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 627\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402270974295,"sku":"9780470048153","price":128.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470048153.jpg?v=1730479902"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-optical-fiber-sensors-9780470575406","title":"Fundamentals of Optical Fiber Sensors","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book describes the latest development in optical fiber devices, and their applications to sensor technology. Optical fiber sensors, an important application of the optical fiber, have experienced fast development, and attracted wide attentions in basic science as well as in practical applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e“\u003c\/b\u003eThe book provides a well-organized and in-depth treatment of optical fiber sensors for students and can also serve as a convenient reference for engineers and scientists working in the field.”  \u003cb\u003e(\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIEEE Electrical Insulation Magazine\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 March 2014)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Historical Review and Perspective 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Classifications of Optical Fiber Sensors 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Overview of the Chapters 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fundamentals of Optical Fibers 10\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction to Optical Fibers 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Basic Structure and Fabrication of Optical Fiber 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Basic Characteristics 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Classifications of Optical Fibers 17 2.2 Electromagnetic Theory of Step-Index Optical Fibers 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Maxwell Equations in Cylindrical Coordinates 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Boundary Conditions and Eigenvalue Equations 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Weakly Guiding Approximation, Hybrid Modes, and Linear Polarized Modes 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Field Distribution and Polarization Characteristics 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Multimode Fiber and Cladding Modes 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 Propagation of Optical Pulses in Optical Fibers 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Basic Theory of the Gradient-Index Optical Fiber 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Ray Equation in Inhomogeneous Media 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Ray Optics of GRIN Fiber 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Wave Optics of GRIN Fiber 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Basic Characteristics of Gradient Index Lens 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Special Optical Fibers 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Rare-Earth-Doped Fibers and Double-Cladding Fibers 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Polarization Maintaining Fibers 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Photonic Crystal Fiber and Microstructure Fiber 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Fiber Sensitivities and Fiber Devices 76\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Fiber Sensitivities to Physical Conditions 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Sensitivity to Axial Strain 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Sensitivity to Lateral Pressure 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Bending-Induced Birefringence 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Torsion-Induced Polarization Mode Cross-Coupling 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Bending Loss 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.6 Vibration and Mechanical Waves in Fiber 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.7 Sensitivity to Temperature 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Fiber Couplers 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Structures and Fabrications of 2×2 Couplers 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Basic Characteristics and Theoretical Analyses of the Coupler 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e×\u003ci\u003eN \u003c\/i\u003eand 1×\u003ci\u003eN \u003c\/i\u003eFiber Star Couplers 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Coupling in Axial Direction and Tapered Fiber 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Fiber Loop Devices Incorporated with Couplers 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Fiber Sagnac Loops 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Fiber Rings 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Fiber Mach–Zehnder Interferometers and Michelson Interferometers 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Fiber Loops Incorporated with 3×3 Couplers 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Polarization Characteristics of Fibers 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Polarization State Evolution in Fibers 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Basic Characteristics of Polarization Mode Dispersion 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Spun Fiber and Circular Birefringence Fiber 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Faraday Rotation and Optical Activity 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Fiber Polarization Devices 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Fiber Polarizers 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Fiber Polarization Controller 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Fiber Depolarizer and Polarization Scrambler 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Fiber Optical Isolator and Circulator 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Fiber Gratings and Related Devices 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction to Fiber Gratings 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Basic Structure and Principle 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Photosensitivity of Optical Fiber 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Fabrication and Classifications of Fiber Gratings 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Theory of Fiber Grating 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Theory of Uniform FBG 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Theory of Long-Period Fiber Grating 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Basic Theory of Nonuniform Fiber Gratings 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Inverse Engineering Design 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Apodization of Fiber Grating 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Special Fiber Grating Devices 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Multisection FBGs 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Chirped Fiber Bragg Grating 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Tilted Fiber Bragg Gratings 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Polarization Maintaining Fiber Gratings 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 In-Fiber Interferometers and Acoustic Optic Tunable Filter 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Fiber Grating Sensitivities and Fiber Grating Sensors 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Sensitivities of Fiber Gratings 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Tunability of Fiber Gratings 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Packaging of Fiber Grating Devices 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Fiber Grating Sensor Systems and Their Applications 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Distributed Optical Fiber Sensors 278\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Optical Scattering in Fiber 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Elastic Optical Scattering 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Inelastic Optical Scattering 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Stimulated Raman Scattering and Stimulated Brillouin Scattering 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Distributed Sensors Based on Rayleigh Scattering 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Polarization OTDR 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Coherent OTDR and Phase Sensitive OTDR 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Optical Frequency Domain Reflectometry 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Distributed Sensors Based on Raman Scattering 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Raman Scattering in Fiber 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Distributed Anti-Stokes Raman Thermometry 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Frequency Domain DART 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Distributed Sensors Based on Brillouin Scattering 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Brillouin Scattering in Fiber 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Brillouin Optical Time Domain Reflectrometer 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Brillouin Optical Time Domain Analyzer 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Distributed Sensors Based on Fiber Interferometers 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Configuration and Characteristics of Interferometric Fiber Sensors 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Low Coherence Technology in a Distributed Sensor System 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Sensors Based on Speckle Effect and Mode Coupling in Multimode Fiber 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Fiber Sensors With Special Applications 351\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Fiber Optic Gyroscope 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Interferometric FOG 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Brillouin Laser Gyro and Resonance Fiber Optic Gyroscope 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Fiber Optic Hydrophone 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Basic Structures 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Sensor Arrays and Multiplexing 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Low Noise Laser Source 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Fiber Faraday Sensor 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Faraday Effect in Fiber 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Electric Current Sensor Based on Faraday Rotation 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Fiber Sensors Based on Surface Plasmon Effect 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Surface Plasmon Effect 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Sensors Based on SPW 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Extrinsic Fiber Fabry–Perot Interferometer Sensor 395\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Basic Principles and Structures of Extrinsic Fiber F-P Sensors 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Structures of EFFP Devices 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Basic Characteristics of a Fabry–Perot Interferometer 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Theory of a Gaussian Beam Fabry–Perot Interferometer 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Basic Model and Theoretical Analysis 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Approximation as a Fizeau Interferometer 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Basic Characteristics and Performances of EFFPI Sensors 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Sensitivity of an EFFPI Sensor 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Linear Range and Dynamic Range of Measurement 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Interrogation and Stability 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Frequency Response 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Applications of the EFFPI Sensor and Related Techniques 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Localization of the Sound Source 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Applications in an Atomic Force Microscope 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 More Application Examples 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendices 427\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 1 Mathematical Formulas 427\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.1 Bessel Equations and Bessel Functions 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.2 Runge–Kutta Method 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3 The First-Order Linear Differential Equation 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.4 Riccati Equation 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.5 Airy Equation and Airy Functions 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 2 Fundamentals of Elasticity 435\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.1 Strain, Stress, and Hooke’s Law 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.2 Conversions Between Coordinates 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.3 Plane Deformation 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.4 Equilibrium of Plates and Rods 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.5 Photoelastic Effect 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 3 Fundamentals of Polarization Optics 446\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3.1 Polarized Light and Jones Vector 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3.2 Stokes Vector and Poincar´e Sphere 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3.3 Optics of Anisotropic Media 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3.4 Jones Matrix and Mueller Matrix 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA3.5 Measurement of Jones Vector and Stokes Vector 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 4 Specifications of Related Materials and Devices 454\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA4.1 Fiber Connectors 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 459\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402370031959,"sku":"9780470575406","price":95.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470575406.jpg?v=1730480188"},{"product_id":"missional-communities-9780470633458","title":"Missional Communities","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe third book in the trilogy that explores the popular missional movement\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFrom Reggie McNeal, the bestselling author of \u003ci\u003eThe Present Future\u003c\/i\u003e and \u003ci\u003eMissional Renaissance,\u003c\/i\u003e comes the third book in the series that helps to define and illuminate the popular missional movement. This newest book in the trilogy examines a natural outgrowth of the move toward a missional orientation: the deconstruction of congregations into very small Christian communities. For all those thousands of churches and leaders who have followed Reggie McNeal''s bold lead, this book details the rise of a new life form in churches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDiscusses how to move a church from an internal to an external ministry focus\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReggie McNeal is a recognized leader in the missional movement\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOutlines an alternative to the program church model that is focused on the projects and passions of the congregants\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis book draws on McNeal''s twenty years of leadership roles in local\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by \u003ci\u003eHugh Halter\u003c\/i\u003e xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 ‘‘Let There Be . . . Missional Communities’’ 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 The Missional Church Conversation 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Missional Communities—European Style 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Soma Communities: Missional Communities as Organizing Architecture 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Campus Renewal UT: Missional Communities as Campus Evangelism Strategy 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Future Travelers: Missional Communities as Megachurch Strategy 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Mission Houston: Missional Communities for Spiritual Formation and Community Transformation 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Looking Ahead 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Author 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 157\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402382680407,"sku":"9780470633458","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470633458.jpg?v=1730480227"},{"product_id":"the-theory-of-scintillation-with-applications-in-remote-sensing-9780470644775","title":"The Theory of Scintillation with Applications in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn order to truly understand data signals transmitted by satellite, one must understand scintillation theory in addition to well established theories of EM wave propagation and scattering. Scintillation is a nuisance in satellite EM communications, but it has stimulated numerous theoretical developments with science applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e1.1 Electromagnetic Propagation Theory.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Anticipating Scintillation Theory.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. The Forward Propagation Equation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Weakly Inhomogeneous Media.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Numerical Simulations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. The Statistical Theory of Scintillation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Background.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Calculation of Field Moments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Second-Order Moments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fourth-Order Moments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Intensity Statistics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Numerical Simulations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Statistical Theory Limitations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Beacon Satellite Scintillation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Geometric Considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Phase Structure Revisited.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Complex Field Coherence Revisited.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Satellite Orbit \u0026amp; Earth Magnetic Field Calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Examples.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Theory and Simulations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. System Applications of Scintillation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 An Introduction to Waveforms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Scintillation Channel Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 System Performance Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Scintillation Data Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Scintillation Data Interpretation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Beacon Satellite Research.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Scattering and Boundaries.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Embedded Compact Scattering Objects.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Boundary Surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.1 Far-Field Approximation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.2 Backscatter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.3 Anisotropy Transformations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.4 Wavefront Curvature Correction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.5 Two-Dimensional Boundary Integrals.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402385170775,"sku":"9780470644775","price":95.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470644775.jpg?v=1730480237"},{"product_id":"fourier-methods-in-imaging-20-the-wileyist-series-in-imaging-science-and-technology-9780470689837","title":"Fourier Methods in Imaging 20 The WileyIST Series","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFourier Methods in Imaging first introduces the basic mathematical concepts of linear algebra for vectors and functions, a knowledge of which is necessary for understanding the subsequent discussions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"Overall, this is an excellent text, appropriate for the graduate student approaching this material for the first time, and for the seasoned professional looking for an up-to-date reference.\" (Journal of Electronic Imaging, 1 April 2011)  \u003cp\u003e \"This comprehensive textbook represents a practical review of Fourier techniques in imaging methods. It will be very useful for graduate students (in engineering, science, computer science, and applied mathematics) as well as engineers interested in linear imaging systems.\" (Zentralblatt Math, 2010)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSeries Editor’s Preface.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Signals, Operators, and Imaging Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Three Imaging Tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Examples of Optical Imaging.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 ImagingTasks inMedical Imaging.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Operators and Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Classes of Imaging Operators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Continuous and Discrete Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Vectors with Real-Valued Components.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Scalar Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Matrices.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Vector Spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Complex Numbers and Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Arithmetic of Complex Numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Graphical Representation of Complex Numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Complex Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Generalized Spatial Frequency – Negative Frequencies.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Argand Diagrams of Complex-Valued Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Complex-Valued Matrices and Systems.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Vectors with Complex-Valued Components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Matrix Analogues of Shift-Invariant Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Matrix Formulation of ImagingTasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Continuous Analogues of Vector Operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 1-D Special Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Definitions of 1-D Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 1-D Dirac Delta Function.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 1-D Complex-Valued Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 1-D Stochastic Functions–Noise.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Appendix A: Area of \u003ci\u003eSINC\u003c\/i\u003e[\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e] and \u003ci\u003eSINC\u003c\/i\u003e2[\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e].\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Appendix B: Series Solutions for Bessel Functions \u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e0[\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e] and \u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e1[\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e].\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 2-D Special Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 2-D Separable Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Definitions of 2-D Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 2-D Dirac Delta Function and its Relatives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 2-D Functions with Circular Symmetry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Complex-Valued 2-D Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Special Functions of Three (orMore) Variables.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Linear Operators.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Linear Operators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Shift-Invariant.Operators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Linear Shift-Invariant (LSI) Operators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Calculating Convolutions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Properties of Convolutions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Autocorrelation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Crosscorrelation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 2-DLSIOperations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Crosscorrelations of 2-D Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Autocorrelations of 2-D.Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Fourier Transforms of 1-D Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Transforms of Continuous-Domain Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Linear Combinations of Reference Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Complex-Valued Reference Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Transforms of Complex-Valued Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Fourier Analysis of Dirac Delta Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Inverse Fourier Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Fourier Transforms of 1-D Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Theorems of the Fourier Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Appendix: Spectrum of Gaussian via Path Integral.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Multidimensional Fourier Transforms.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 2-D Fourier Transforms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Spectra of Separable 2-D Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Theorems of 2-D Fourier Transforms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Spectra of Circular Functions.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 The Hankel Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Inverse Hankel Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Theorems of Hankel Transforms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Hankel Transforms of Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Appendix: Derivations of Equations (11.12) and (11.14).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 The Radon Transform.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Line-Integral Projections onto Radial Axes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Radon Transforms of Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Theorems of the Radon Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Inverse Radon Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Central-Slice Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Three Transforms of Four Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Fourier and Radon Transforms of Images.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Approximations to Fourier Transforms.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Moment Theorem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 1-D Spectra via Method of Stationary Phase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Central-Limit Theorem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Width Metrics and Uncertainty Relations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Discrete Systems, Sampling, and Quantization.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Ideal Sampling.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Ideal Sampling of Special Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Interpolation of Sampled Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Whittaker–Shannon Sampling Theorem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Aliasingand Interpolation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 “Prefiltering” to Prevent Aliasing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Realistic Sampling.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Realistic Interpolation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Quantization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Discrete Convolution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Discrete Fourier Transforms.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Inverse of the Infinite-Support DFT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 DFT over Finite Interval.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Fourier Series Derived from Fourier Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Efficient Evaluation of the Finite DFT. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Practical Considerations for DFT and FFT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 FFTs of 2-D Arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Discrete Cosine Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Magnitude Filtering.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Classes of Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Eigenfunctions of Convolution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Power Transmission of Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Lowpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Highpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Bandpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Fourier Transform as a Bandpass Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Bandboost and Bandstop Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Wavelet Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Allpass (Phase) Filters.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Power-Series Expansion for Allpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Constant-Phase Allpass Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Linear-Phase Allpass Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Quadratic-Phase Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Allpass Filters with Higher-Order Phase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Allpass Random-Phase Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7 Relative Importance of Magnitude and Phase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.8 Imaging of Phase Objects.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9 Chirp Fourier Transform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Magnitude–Phase Filters.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Transfer Functions of Three Operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Fourier Transform of Ramp Function.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Causal Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Damped Harmonic Oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Mixed Filters with Linear or Random Phase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Mixed Filter with Quadratic Phase.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Applications of Linear Filters.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Linear Filters for the Imaging Tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Deconvolution– “Inverse Filtering”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Optimum Estimators for Signals in Noise.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Detection of Known Signals – Matched Filter.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Analogies of Inverse and Matched Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Approximations to Reciprocal Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Inverse Filtering of Shift-Variant Blur.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Filtering in Discrete Systems.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Translation, Leakage, and Interpolation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Averaging Operators– Lowpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Differencing Operators – Highpass Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Discrete Sharpening Operators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 2-DGradient.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 Pattern Matching.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 Approximate Discrete Reciprocal Filters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Optical Imaging in Monochromatic Light.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Imaging Systems Based on Ray Optics Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Mathematical Model of Light Propagation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Fraunhofer Diffraction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Imaging System based on Fraunhofer Diffraction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Transmissive Optical Elements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6 Monochromatic Optical Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.7 Shift-Variant Imaging Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Incoherent Optical Imaging Systems.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Coherence.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Polychromatic Source – Temporal Coherence.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Imaging in Incoherent Light.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 System Function in Incoherent Light.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Holography.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Fraunhofer Holography.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Holography in Fresnel Diffraction Region.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Computer-Generated Holography.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Matched Filtering with Cell-Type CGH.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Synthetic-Aperture Radar (SAR).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eReferences.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402412892503,"sku":"9780470689837","price":115.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470689837.jpg?v=1730480325"},{"product_id":"roughfuzzy-pattern-recognition-9781118004401","title":"RoughFuzzy Pattern Recognition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLearn how to apply rough-fuzzy computing techniques to solve problems in bioinformatics and medical image processing\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEmphasizing applications in bioinformatics and medical image processing, this text offers a clear framework that enables readers to take advantage of the latest rough-fuzzy computing techniques to build working pattern recognition models. The authors explain step by step how to integrate rough sets with fuzzy sets in order to best manage the uncertainties in mining large data sets. Chapters are logically organized according to the major phases of pattern recognition systems development, making it easier to master such tasks as classification, clustering, and feature selection. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRough-Fuzzy Pattern Recognition\u003c\/i\u003e examines the important underlying theory as well as algorithms and applications, helping readers see the connections between theory and practice. The first chapter provides an introduction to pattern recognition and data mining, including the \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Pattern Recognition and Data Mining 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Pattern Recognition 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Data Acquisition 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Feature Selection 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Classification and Clustering 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Data Mining 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Tasks, Tools, and Applications 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Pattern Recognition Perspective 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Relevance of Soft Computing 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Scope and Organization of the Book 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Rough-Fuzzy Hybridization and Granular Computing 21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Fuzzy Sets 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Rough Sets 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Emergence of Rough-Fuzzy Computing 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Granular Computing 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Computational Theory of Perception and \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Granulation 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Rough-Fuzzy Computing 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Generalized Rough Sets 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Entropy Measures 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Conclusion and Discussion 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Rough-Fuzzy Clustering: Generalized \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means Algorithm 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Existing \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means Algorithms 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Hard \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Rough \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Rough-Fuzzy-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Objective Function 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Cluster Prototypes 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Fundamental Properties 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Convergence Condition 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Details of the Algorithm 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Selection of Parameters 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Generalization of Existing \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means Algorithms 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 RFCM: Rough-Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 RPCM: Rough-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 RCM: Rough \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 FPCM: Fuzzy-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 FCM: Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 PCM: Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7 HCM: Hard \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Quantitative Indices for Rough-Fuzzy Clustering 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Average Accuracy, \u003ci\u003eα \u003c\/i\u003eIndex 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Average Roughness, \u003ci\u003eϱ\u003c\/i\u003e Index 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Accuracy of Approximation, \u003ci\u003eα\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003e⋆ \u003c\/sup\u003eIndex 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Quality of Approximation, \u003ci\u003eγ \u003c\/i\u003eIndex 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Performance Analysis 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Quantitative Indices 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Synthetic Data Set: \u003ci\u003eX\u003c\/i\u003e32 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Benchmark Data Sets 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Conclusion and Discussion 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Rough-Fuzzy Granulation and Pattern Classification 85\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Pattern Classification Model 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Class-Dependent Fuzzy Granulation 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Rough-Set-Based Feature Selection 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Quantitative Measures 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Dispersion Measure 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Classification Accuracy, Precision, and Recall 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 \u003ci\u003eκ \u003c\/i\u003eCoefficient 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 \u003ci\u003eβ \u003c\/i\u003eIndex 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Description of Data Sets 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Completely Labeled Data Sets 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Partially Labeled Data Sets 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Experimental Results 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Statistical Significance Test 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Class Prediction Methods 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Performance on Completely Labeled Data 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Performance on Partially Labeled Data 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusion and Discussion 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Fuzzy-Rough Feature Selection using \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information Measures 117\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Fuzzy-Rough Sets 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Information Measure on Fuzzy Approximation Spaces 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Fuzzy Equivalence Partition Matrix and Entropy 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Mutual Information 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information and Fuzzy Approximation Spaces 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 \u003ci\u003eV \u003c\/i\u003e-Information 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 \u003ci\u003eI\u003csub\u003eα\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e-Information 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 \u003ci\u003eM\u003csub\u003eα\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e-Information 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 \u003ci\u003eχ\u003csup\u003eα\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e-Information 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Hellinger Integral 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 Renyi Distance 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information for Feature Selection 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Feature Selection Using \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Computational Complexity 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Fuzzy Equivalence Classes 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Quantitative Measures 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Fuzzy-Rough-Set-Based Quantitative Indices 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Existing Feature Evaluation Indices 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Experimental Results 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Description of Data Sets 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Illustrative Example 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Effectiveness of the FEPM-Based Method 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Optimum Value of Weight Parameter \u003ci\u003eβ\u003c\/i\u003e 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5 Optimum Value of Multiplicative Parameter \u003ci\u003eη\u003c\/i\u003e 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.6 Performance of Different \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information Measures 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.7 Comparative Performance of Different Algorithms 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Conclusion and Discussion 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Rough Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids and Amino Acid Sequence Analysis 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Bio-Basis Function and String Selection Methods 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Bio-Basis Function 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Selection of Bio-Basis Strings Using Mutual Information 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Selection of Bio-Basis Strings Using Fisher Ratio 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Fuzzy-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids Algorithm 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Hard \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Fuzzy-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Rough-Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids Algorithm 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Rough \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Rough-Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Medoids 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Relational Clustering for Bio-Basis String Selection 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Quantitative Measures 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Using Homology Alignment Score 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Using Mutual Information 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Experimental Results 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 Description of Data Sets 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Illustrative Example 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.3 Performance Analysis 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Conclusion and Discussion 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Clustering Functionally Similar Genes from Microarray Data 201\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Clustering Gene Expression Data 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 \u003ci\u003ek\u003c\/i\u003e-Means Algorithm 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Self-Organizing Map 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Hierarchical Clustering 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Graph-Theoretical Approach 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Model-Based Clustering 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 Density-Based Hierarchical Approach 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.7 Fuzzy Clustering 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8 Rough-Fuzzy Clustering 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Silhouette Index 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Eisen and Cluster Profile Plots 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 \u003ci\u003eZ \u003c\/i\u003eScore 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Gene-Ontology-Based Analysis 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Description of Data Sets 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Fifteen Yeast Data 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Yeast Sporulation 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Auble Data 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Cho et al. Data 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Reduced Cell Cycle Data 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Experimental Results 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Performance Analysis of Rough-Fuzzy \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Comparative Analysis of Different \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Biological Significance Analysis 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Comparative Analysis of Different Algorithms 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Performance Analysis of Rough-Fuzzy-Possibilistic \u003ci\u003ec\u003c\/i\u003e-Means 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Conclusion and Discussion 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Selection of Discriminative Genes from Microarray Data 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Evaluation Criteria for Gene Selection 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Statistical Tests 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Euclidean Distance 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Pearson’s Correlation 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Mutual Information 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e-Information Measures 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Approximation of Density Function 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Discretization 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Parzen Window Density Estimator 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Fuzzy Equivalence Partition Matrix 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Gene Selection using Information Measures 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Experimental Results 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Support Vector Machine 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Gene Expression Data Sets 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Performance Analysis of the FEPM 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Comparative Performance Analysis 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusion and Discussion 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Segmentation of Brain Magnetic Resonance Images 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Pixel Classification of Brain MR Images 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Performance on Real Brain MR Images 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Performance on Simulated Brain MR Images 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Segmentation of Brain MR Images 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Feature Extraction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Selection of Initial Prototypes 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Experimental Results 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Illustrative Example 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Importance of Homogeneity and Edge Value 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Importance of Discriminant Analysis-Based Initialization 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 Comparative Performance Analysis 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Conclusion and Discussion 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 287\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406819172695,"sku":"9781118004401","price":90.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118004401.jpg?v=1730497220"},{"product_id":"rad-techs-guide-to-mri-9781119508571","title":"Rad Techs Guide to MRI","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe second edition of\u003ci\u003eRad Tech''s Guide to MRI\u003c\/i\u003eprovides practicing and training technologists with a succinct overview of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Designed for quick reference and examination preparation, this pocket-size guide covers the fundamental principles of electromagnetism, MRI equipment, data acquisition and processing, image quality and artifacts, MR Angiography, Diffusion\/Perfusion, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWritten by an expert practitioner and educator, this handy reference guide:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProvides essential MRI knowledge in a single portable, easy-to-read guide\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCovers instrumentation and MRI hardware components, including gradient and radio-frequency subsystems\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eProvides techniques to handle flow imaging issues and improve the quality of MRIs\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eExplains the essential physics underpinning MRI technology\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRad Tech''s Guide to MRI\u003c\/i\u003eis a must-have resource for student radiographers, especially those preparing for the Ameri\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eHardware Overview 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstrumentation: Magnets 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstrumentation: RF Subsystem 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstrumentation: Gradient Subsystem 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eFundamental Principles 11\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElectromagnetism: Faraday’s Law of Induction 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetism 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBehavior of Hydrogen in a Magnetic Field 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eProduction of Magnetic Resonance Signal 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eRelaxation and Tissue Characteristics 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eT2-Relaxation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eT1-Relaxation 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProton Density 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eT2* (Pronounced “T2 star”) 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eData Acquisition and Image Formation 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePulse Sequences 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImage Contrast Control 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImage Formation 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Acquisition 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScan Time 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Image Quality with FSE 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eMagnetic Resonance Image Quality 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpatial Resolution 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSignal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eArtifacts 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemical Shift (Water and Fat in Different Voxels) 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemical Shift (Water and Fat in the Same Voxel) 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetic Susceptibility 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMotion and Flow 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpatial Presaturation 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGradient Moment Nulling (Flow Compensation) 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompensation for Respiration 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCardiac Compensation 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAperiodic Motion 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAliasing 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGibbs and Truncation Artifact 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRadio-Frequency Artifacts 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGradient Malfunctions 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImage Shading 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInadequate System Tuning 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReconstruction Artifacts 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eFlow Imaging 97\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFlow Patterns 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMagnetic Resonance Angiography (Non Contrast) 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReduction of Flow Artifacts 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSignal Loss in MRA 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo-Dimensional and Three-Dimensional Time-of-Flight 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSignal Loss with Two-Dimensional TOF 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThree-Dimensional TOF 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSignal Loss with Three-Dimensional TOF 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePC Techniques 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContrast Enhanced MRA (CE-MRA) 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eDiffusion and Perfusion Imaging 117\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion-Weighted Imaging (DWI) 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eGadolinium-Based Contrast Agents 125\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharacteristics, Composition and Structure 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 129\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley and Sons Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407068340567,"sku":"9781119508571","price":37.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119508571.jpg?v=1730498064"},{"product_id":"amorphous-oxide-semiconductors-9781119715573","title":"Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAMORPHOUS OXIDE SEMICONDUCTORS  A singular resource on amorphous oxide semiconductors edited by a world-recognized pioneer in the field In Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors: IGZO and Related Materials for Display and Memory, the Editors deliver a comprehensive account of the current status ofand latest developments intransparent oxide semiconductor technology. With contributions from leading international researchers and exponents in the field, this edited volume covers physical fundamentals, thin-film transistor applications, processing, circuits and device simulation, display and memory applications, and new materials relevant to amorphous oxide semiconductors. The book makes extensive use of structural diagrams of materials, energy level and energy band diagrams, device structure illustrations, and graphs of device transfer characteristics, photographs and micrographs to help illustrate the concepts discussed within. It also includes: A thorough introduction to amorphous oxide semicond\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeries Editor’s Foreword \u003ci\u003exvii\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Editors xviii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Transparent Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors for Display Applications 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHideo Hosono\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Introduction to Amorphous Semiconductors as Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) Channels 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Historical Overview 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Oxide and Silicon 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Transparent Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4.1 Electronic Structures 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4.2 Materials 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4.3 Characteristic Carrier Transport Properties 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4.4 Electronic States 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5 P-Type Oxide Semiconductors for Display Applications 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5.1 Oxides of Transition Metal Cations with an Electronic Configuration of (n−1)d 10 ns 0 (n = 4or5) 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5.2 Oxides of Metal Cations with an Electronic Configuration of ns 2 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5.3 Oxides of Metal Cations with an Electronic Configuration of nd 6 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.6 Novel Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7 Summary and Outlook 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Transparent Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors 21\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHideya Kumomi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Introduction 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Technical Issues and Requirements of TFTs for AM-FPDs 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Field-Effect Mobility 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Off-State Leakage Current and On\/Off Current Ratio 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Stability and Reliability 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.4 Uniformity 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.5 Large-Area Devices by Large-Area Mother-Glass Substrates 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.6 Low-Temperature Fabrication and Flexibility 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 History, Features, Uniqueness, Development, and Applications of AOS-TFTs 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.1 History 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.2 Features and Uniqueness 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.3 Applications 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.4 Development and Products of AM-FPDs 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Summary 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Fundamentals 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Electronic Structure and Structural Randomness 33\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJulia E. Medvedeva, Bishal Bhattarai, and D. Bruce Buchholz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Brief Description of Methods and Approaches 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Computational Approach 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Experimental Approach 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Structure and Properties of Crystalline and Amorphous In 2 O 3 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Structure and Properties of Crystalline and Amorphous SnO 2 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Structure and Properties of Crystalline and Amorphous ZnO 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 The Structure and Properties of Crystalline and Amorphous Ga 2 O 3 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Role of Morphology in Structure–Property Relationships 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 The Role of Composition in Structure–Property Relationships: IGO and IGZO 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Conclusions 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Electronic Structure of Transparent Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors 73\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Robertson and Zhaofu Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Mobility 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Density of States 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Band Structures of n-Type Semiconductors 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Instabilities 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Doping Limits and Finding Effective Oxide Semiconductors 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 OLED Electrodes 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Summary 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Defects and Relevant Properties 93\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eToshio Kamiya, Kenji Nomura, Keisuke Ide, and Hideo Hosono\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Typical Deposition Condition 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Overview of Electronic Defects in AOSs 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Origins of Electron Donors 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Oxygen- and Hydrogen-Related Defects and Near-VBM States 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Summary 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Amorphous Semiconductor Mobility Physics and TFT Modeling 105\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn F. Wager\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Amorphous Semiconductor Mobility: An Introduction 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Diffusive Mobility 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Density of States 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 TFT Mobility Considerations 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 TFT Mobility Extraction, Fitting, and Model Validation 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Physics-Based TFT Mobility Modeling 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Conclusions 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Percolation Description of Charge Transport in Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors: Band Conduction Dominated by Disorder 125\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eA. V. Nenashev, F. Gebhard, K. Meerholz, and S. D. Baranovskii\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Band Transport via Extended States in the Random-Barrier Model (RBM) 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Deficiencies of the Rate-Averaging Approach: Electrotechnical Analogy 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Percolation Approach to Charge Transport in the RBM 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Random Band-Edge Model (RBEM) for Charge Transport in AOSs 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Percolation Theory for Charge Transport in the RBEM 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 From Regional to Global Conductivities in Continuum Percolation Theory 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Averaging Procedure by Adler et al. 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Comparison between Percolation Theory and EMA 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Comparison with Experimental Data 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Discussion and Conclusions 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 Textbook Description of Charge Transport in Traditional Crystalline Semiconductors (TCSs) 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Results of This Chapter for Charge Transport in Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors (AOSs) 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 State and Role of Hydrogen in Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors 145\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHideo Hosono and Toshio Kamiya\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Concentration and Chemical States 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Carrier Generation and Hydrogen 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Carrier Generation by H Injection at Low Temperatures 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Carrier Generation and Annihilation by Thermal Treatment 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Energy Levels and Electrical Properties 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Incorporation and Conversion of H Impurities 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Concluding Remarks 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Processing 159\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Low-Temperature Thin-Film Combustion Synthesis of Metal-Oxide Semiconductors: Science and Technology 161\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBinghao Wang, Wei Huang, Antonio Facchetti, and Tobin J. Marks\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Low-Temperature Solution-Processing Methodologies 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Alkoxide Precursors 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Microwave-Assisted Annealing 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 High-Pressure Annealing 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Photonic Annealing 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.1 Laser Annealing 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.2 Deep-Ultraviolet Illumination 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.3 Flash Lamp Annealing 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Redox Reactions 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Combustion Synthesis for MO TFTs 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 n-Type MO TFTs 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 p-Type MO TFTs 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Summary and Perspectives 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Solution-Processed Metal-Oxide Thin-Film Transistors for Flexible Electronics 185\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHyun Jae Kim\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Fundamentals of Solution-Processed Metal-Oxide Thin-Film Transistors 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Deposition Methods for Solution-Processed Oxide Semiconductors 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 Coating-Based Deposition Methods 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Printing-Based Deposition Methods 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 The Formation Mechanism of Solution-Processed Oxide Semiconductor Films 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Low-Temperature Technologies for Active-Layer Engineering of Solution-Processed Oxide TFTs 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Overview 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Solution Modulation 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 Alkoxide Precursors 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 pH Adjustment 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.3 Combustion Reactions 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.4 Aqueous Solvent 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Process Modulation 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.1 Photoactivation Process 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.2 High-Pressure Annealing (HPA) Process 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.3 Microwave-Assisted Annealing Process 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.4 Plasma-Assisted Annealing Process 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Structure Modulation 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.1 Homojunction Dual-Active or Multiactive Layer 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.2 Heterojunction Dual- or Multiactive Layer 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Applications of Flexible Electronics with Low-Temperature Solution-Processed Oxide TFTs 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Flexible Displays 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Flexible Sensors 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Flexible Integrated Circuits 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Recent Progress on Amorphous Oxide Semiconductor Thin-Film Transistors Using the Atomic Layer Deposition Technique 213\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHyun-Jun Jeong and Jin-Seong Park\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) for Amorphous Oxide Semiconductor (AOS) Applications 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 The ALD Technique 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Research Motivation for ALD AOS Applications 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 AOS-TFTs Based on ALD 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Binary Oxide Semiconductor TFTs Based on ALD 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.1 ZnO-TFTs 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.2 InOx-TFTs 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.3 SnOx-TFTs 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Ternary and Quaternary Oxide Semiconductor TFTs Based on ALD 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.1 Indium–Zinc Oxide (IZO) and Indium–Gallium Oxide (IGO) 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.2 Zinc–Tin Oxide (ZTO) 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.3 Indium–Gallium–Zinc Oxide (IGZO) 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.4 Indium–Tin–Zinc Oxide (ITZO) 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Challenging Issues of AOS Applications Using ALD 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 p-Type Oxide Semiconductors 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1.1 Tin Monoxide (SnO) 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1.2 Copper Oxide (cu x O) 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Enhancing Device Performance: Mobility and Stability 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.1 Composition Gradient Oxide Semiconductors 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.2 Two-Dimensional Electron Gas (2DEG) Oxide Semiconductors 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.3 Spatial and Atmospheric ALD for Oxide Semiconductors 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Thin-Film Transistors 239\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Control of Carrier Concentrations in AOSs and Application to Bulk-Accumulation TFTs 241\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSuhui Lee and Jin Jang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Control of Carrier Concentration in a-IGZO 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Effect of Carrier Concentration on the Performance of a-IGZO TFTs with a Dual-Gate Structure 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Inverted Staggered TFTs 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Coplanar TFTs 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 High-Drain-Current, Dual-Gate Oxide TFTs 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Stability of Oxide TFTs: PBTS, NBIS, HCTS, Hysteresis, and Mechanical Strain 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 TFT Circuits: Ring Oscillators and Amplifier Circuits 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Conclusion 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Elevated-Metal Metal-Oxide Thin-Film Transistors: A Back-Gate Transistor Architecture with Annealing-Induced Source\/Drain Regions 273\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMan Wong, Zhihe Xia, and Jiapeng li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1 Semiconducting Materials for a TFT 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1.1 Amorphous Silicon 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1.2 Low-Temperature Polycrystalline Silicon 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1.3 MO Semiconductors 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.2 TFT Architectures 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Annealing-Induced Generation of Donor Defects 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Effects of Annealing on the Resistivity of IGZO 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Microanalyses of the Thermally Annealed Samples 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Lateral Migration of the Annealing-Induced Donor Defects 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Elevated-Metal Metal-Oxide (EMMO) TFT Technology 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Technology and Characteristics of IGZO EMMO TFTs 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Applicability of EMMO Technology to Other MO Materials 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Fluorinated EMMO TFTs 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Resilience of Fluorinated MO against Hydrogen Doping 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Technology and Display Resolution Trend 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Enhanced EMMO TFT Technologies 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 3-EMMO TFT Technology 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Self-Aligned EMMO TFTs 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusion 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Hot Carrier Effects in Oxide-TFTs 315\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMami N. Fujii, Takanori Takahashi, Juan Paolo Soria Bermundo, and Yukiharu Uraoka\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Analysis of Hot Carrier Effect in IGZO-TFTs 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Photoemission from IGZO-TFTs 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Kink Current in Photon Emission Condition 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Hot Carrier–Induced Degradation of a-IGZO-TFTs 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Analysis of the Hot Carrier Effect in High-Mobility Oxide-TFTs 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Bias Stability under DC Stresses in a High-Mobility IWZO-TFT 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Analysis of Dynamic Stress in Oxide-TFTs 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Photon Emission from the IWZO-TFT under Pulse Stress 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Conclusion 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Carbon-Related Impurities and NBS Instability in AOS-TFTs 333\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJunghwan Kim and Hideo Hosono\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Experimental 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Results and Discussion 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Summary 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V TFTs and Circuits 341\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Oxide TFTs for Advanced Signal-Processing Architectures 343\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArokia Nathan, Denis Striakhilev, and Shuenn-Jiun Tang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.1 Device–Circuit Interactions 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Above-Threshold TFT Operation and Defect Compensation: AMOLED Displays 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 AMOLED Display Challenges 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Above-Threshold Operation 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Temperature Dependence 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4 Effects of Process-Induced Spatial Nonuniformity 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5 Overview of External Compensation for AMOLED Displays 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Ultralow-Power TFT Operation in a Deep Subthreshold (Near Off-State) Regime 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Schottky Barrier TFTs 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Device Characteristics and Small Signal Parameters 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Common Source Amplifier 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Oxide TFT-Based Image Sensors 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Heterojunction Oxide Photo-TFTs 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Persistent Photocurrent 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 All-Oxide Photosensor Array 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Device Modeling and Simulation of TAOS-TFTs 369\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKatsumi Abe\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Device Models for TAOS-TFTs 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Mobility Model 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Density of Subgap States (DOS) Model 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3 Self-Heating Model 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Applications 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Temperature Dependence 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Channel-Length Dependence 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3 Channel-Width Dependence 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.4 Dual-Gate Structure 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Reliability 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Summary 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Oxide Circuits for Flexible Electronics 383\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKris Myny, Nikolaos Papadopoulos, Florian De Roose, and Paul Heremans\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Technology-Aware Design Considerations 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1 Etch-Stop Layer, Backchannel Etch, and Self-Aligned Transistors 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.1 Etch-Stop Layer 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.2 Backchannel Etch 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.3 Self-Aligned Transistors 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.4 Comparison 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2 Dual-Gate Transistors 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.1 Stack Architecture 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.2 Effect of the Backgate 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3 Moore’s Law for TFT Technologies 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.1 Cmos 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.2 Thin-Film Electronics Historically 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.3 New Drivers for Thin-Film Scaling: Circuits 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.4 L-Scaling 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.5 W and L Scaling 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.6 Overall Lateral Scaling 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3.7 Oxide Thickness and Supply Voltage Scaling 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.4 Conclusion 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Digital Electronics 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1 Communication Chips 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.2 Complex Metal-Oxide-Based Digital Chips 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Analog Electronics 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.1 Thin-Film ADC Topologies 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.2 Imager Readout Peripherals 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.3 Healthcare Patches 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Summary 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI Display and Memory Applications 405\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Oxide TFT Technology for Printed Electronics 407\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eToshiaki Arai\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 OLEDs 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1.1 OLED Displays 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1.2 Organic Light-Emitting Diodes 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1.3 Printed OLEDs 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 TFTs for OLED Driving 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.1 TFT Candidates 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.2 Pixel Circuits 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.3 Oxide TFTs 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.3.1 Bottom-Gate TFTs 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.3.2 Top-Gate TFTs 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Oxide TFT–Driven Printed OLED Displays 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Summary 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Mechanically Flexible Nonvolatile Memory Thin-Film Transistors Using Oxide Semiconductor Active Channels on Ultrathin Polyimide Films 431\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSung-Min Yoon, Hyeong-Rae Kim, Hye-Won Jang, Ji-Hee Yang, Hyo-Eun Kim, and Sol-Mi Kwak\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Fabrication of Memory TFTs 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2.1 Substrate Preparation 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2.2 Device Fabrication Procedures 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2.3 Characterization Methodologies 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Device Operations of Flexible Memory TFTs 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.1 Optimization of Flexible IGZO-TFTs on PI Films 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.2 Nonvolatile Memory Operations of Flexible Memory TFTs 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.3 Operation Mechanisms and Device Physics 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Choice of Alternative Materials 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4.1 Introduction to Conducting Polymer Electrodes 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4.2 Introduction of Polymeric Gate Insulators 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Device Scaling to Vertical-Channel Structures 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.1 Vertical-Channel IGZO-TFTs on PI Films 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.2 Vertical-Channel Memory TFTs Using IGZO Channel and ZnO Trap Layers 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Summary 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6.1 Remaining Technical Issues 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6.2 Conclusions and Outlooks 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Amorphous Oxide Semiconductor TFTs for BEOL Transistor Applications 457\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNobuyoshi Saito and Keiji Ikeda\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Improvement of Immunity to H 2 Annealing 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Increase of Mobility and Reduction of S\/D Parasitic Resistance 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Demonstration of Extremely Low Off-State Leakage Current Characteristics 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Ferroelectric-HfO 2 Transistor Memory with IGZO Channels 473\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasaharu Kobayashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Device Operation and Design 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Device Fabrication 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Experimental Results and Discussions 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.1 FE-HfO 2 Capacitors with an IGZO Layer 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.2 IGZO Channel FeFETs 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Summary 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Neuromorphic Chips Using AOS Thin-Film Devices 487\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMutsumi Kimura\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Neuromorphic Systems with Crosspoint-Type α-GTO Thin-Film Devices 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.1 Neuromorphic Systems 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.1.1 α-GTO Thin-Film Devices 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.1.2 System Architecture 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.2 Experimental Results 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Neuromorphic System Using an LSI Chip and α-IGZO Thin-Film Devices [24] 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1 Neuromorphic System 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1.1 Neuron Elements 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1.2 Synapse Elements 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1.3 System Architecture 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2 Working Principle 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2.1 Cellular Neural Network 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2.2 Tug-of-War Method 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2.3 Modified Hebbian Learning 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2.4 Majority-Rule Handling 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.3 Experimental Results 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.3.1 Raw Data 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.3.2 Associative Memory 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Conclusion 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Oxide TFTs and Their Application to X-Ray Imaging 503\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRobert A. Street\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Introduction 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Digital X-Ray Detection and Imaging Modalities 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2.1 Indirect Detection Imaging 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2.2 Direct Detection Imaging 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2.3 X-Ray Imaging Modalities 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Oxide-TFT X-Ray Detectors 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3.1 TFT Backplane Requirements for Digital X-Rays 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3.2 An IGZO Detector Fabrication and Characterization 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3.3 Other Reported Oxide X-Ray Detectors 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 How Oxide TFTs Can Improve Digital X-Ray Detectors 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.1 Noise and Image Quality in X-Ray Detectors 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.2 Minimizing Additive Electronic Noise with Oxides 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.3 Pixel Amplifier Backplanes 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.4 IGZO-TFT Noise 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Radiation Hardness of Oxide TFTs 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.6 Oxide Direct Detector Materials 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.7 Summary 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VII New Materials 519\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 Toward the Development of High-Performance p-Channel Oxide-TFTs and All-Oxide Complementary Circuits 521\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKenji Nomura\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Introduction 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Why Is High-Performance p-Channel Oxide Difficult? 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 The Current Development of p-Channel Oxide-TFTs 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 Comparisons of p-Type Cu 2 O and SnO Channels 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 Comparisons of the TFT Characteristics of Cu 2 O and SnO-TFTs 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.6 Subgap Defect Termination for p-Channel Oxides 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.7 All-Oxide Complementary Circuits 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.8 Conclusions 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e25 Solution-Synthesized Metal Oxides and Halides for Transparent p-Channel TFTs 539\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAo Liu, Huihui Zhu, and Yong-Young Noh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1 Introduction 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2 Solution-Processed p-Channel Metal-Oxide TFTs 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.3 Transparent Copper(I) Iodide (CuI)–Based TFTs 546\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.4 Conclusions and Perspectives 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e26 Tungsten-Doped Active Layers for High-Mobility AOS-TFTs 553\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhang Qun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 Introduction 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2 Advances in Tungsten-Doped High-Mobility AOS-TFTs 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2.1 a-IWO-TFTs 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2.2 a-IZWO-TFTs 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2.3 Dual Tungsten-Doped Active-Layer TFTs 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2.4 Treatment on the Backchannel Surface 566\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3 Perspectives for High-Mobility AOS Active Layers 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e27 Rare Earth– and Transition Metal–Doped Amorphous Oxide Semiconductor Phosphors for Novel Light-Emitting Diode Displays 577\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKeisuke Ide, Junghwan Kim, Hideo Hosono, and Toshio Kamiya\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.1 Introduction 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.2 Eu-Doped Amorphous Oxide Semiconductor Phosphor 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.3 Multiple-Color Emissions from Various Rare Earth–Doped AOS Phosphors 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4 Transition Metal–Doped AOS Phosphors 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 584\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e28 Application of AOSs to Charge Transport Layers in Electroluminescent Devices 585\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJunghwan Kim and Hideo Hosono\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.1 Electronic Structure and Electrical Properties of Amorphous Oxide Semiconductors (AOSs) 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.2 Criteria for Charge Transport Layers in Electroluminescent (EL) Devices 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.3 Amorphous Zn-Si-O Electron Transport Layers for Perovskite Light-Emitting Diodes (PeLEDs) 587\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.4 Amorphous In-Mo-O Hole Injection Layers for OLEDs 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.5 Perspective 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e29 Displays and Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting Lasers 597\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKenichi Iga\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.1 Introduction to Displays 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2 Liquid Crystal Displays (LCDs) 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.1 History of LCDs 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.2 Principle of LCD: The TN Mode 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.3 Other LC Modes 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.4 Light Sources 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.5 Diffusion Plate and Light Guiding Layer 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.6 Microlens Arrays 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.7 Short-Focal-Length Projection 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3 Organic EL Display 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.1 Method (a): Color-Coding Method 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.2 Method (b): Filter Method 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.3 Method (c): Blue Conversion Method 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4 Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting Lasers 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.1 Motivation of Invention 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.2 What Is the Difference? 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.3 Device Realization 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.4 Applications 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5 Laser Displays including VCSELs 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5.1 Laser Displays 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5.2 Color Gamut 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5.3 Laser Backlight Method 609\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 613\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49407129485655,"sku":"9781119715573","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"logo-recognition-9781439847756","title":"Logo Recognition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsed by companies, organizations, and even individuals to promote recognition of their brand, logos can also act as a valuable means of identifying the source of a document. E-business applications can retrieve and catalog products according to their logos. Governmental agencies can easily inspect goods using smart mobile devices that use logo recognition techniques. However, because logos are two-dimensional shapes of varying complexity, the recognition process can be challenging. Although promising results have been found for clean logos, they have not been as robust for noisy logos. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLogo Recognition: Theory and Practice\u003c\/strong\u003e is the first book to focus on logo recognition, especially under noisy conditions. Beginning with an introduction to fundamental concepts and methods in pattern and shape recognition, it surveys advances in logo recognition. The authors also propose a new logo recognition system that can be used under adverse conditions such as broken lines\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"I was inspired by this book project at the very beginning; now the book appears to be even a better idea when I really have it in hand. The resulting appraisal is thoughtful, creative, and comprehensive.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e—From the Foreword by Professor Xiaoli Li, College of Information Science and Technology, Beijing Normal University\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"… \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eOverall the book is well written and easy to follow … understandable and well formulated. I recommend it to readers willing to learn about logo recognition systems and potential commercial applications of shape recognition tools.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e—Journal of Intelligent and Robotic Systems\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction. Preliminary knowledge. Review of shape recognition techniques. System overview. Polygonal approximation. Logo indexing. Logo matching. Applications. Conclusion. Appendix: Test images. Appendix: Results of feature point detection. Index.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49408296714583,"sku":"9781439847756","price":185.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781439847756.jpg?v=1791471170"},{"product_id":"handbook-on-soft-computing-for-video-surveillance-9781439856840","title":"Handbook on Soft Computing for Video Surveillance","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eInformation on integrating soft computing techniques into video surveillance is widely scattered among conference papers, journal articles, and books. Bringing this research together in one source, \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook on Soft Computing for Video Surveillance\u003c\/strong\u003e illustrates the application of soft computing techniques to different tasks in video surveillance. Worldwide experts in the field present novel solutions to video surveillance problems and discuss future trends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter an introduction to video surveillance systems and soft computing tools, the book gives examples of neural network-based approaches for solving video surveillance tasks and describes summarization techniques for content identification. Covering a broad spectrum of video surveillance topics, the remaining chapters explain how soft computing techniques are used to detect moving objects, track objects, and classify and recognize target objects. The book also explores advanced surveillance systems und\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Video Surveillance Systems. The Role of Soft Computing in Image Analysis: Rough-Fuzzy Approach. Neural Networks in Video Surveillance: A Perspective View. Video Summarization and Significance of Content: A Review. Background Subtraction for Visual Surveillance: A Fuzzy Approach. Sensor and Data Fusion: Taxonomy, Challenges, and Applications. Independent Viewpoint Silhouette-Based Human Action Modeling and Recognition. Clustering for Multi-Perspective Video Analytics: A Soft Computing-Based Approach. An Unsupervised Video Shot Boundary Detection Technique Using Fuzzy Entropy Estimation of Video Content. Multi-Robot and Multi-Camera Patrolling. A Network of Audio and Video Sensors for Monitoring Large Environments. Index.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49408298090839,"sku":"9781439856840","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781439856840.jpg?v=1730502337"},{"product_id":"the-podcasters-audio-handbook-9781484273609","title":"The Podcasters Audio Handbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePodcasting is a powerful tool of communication and creative expression that doesn''t need to be intimidating. This book brings together the creative and technical aspects of audio engineering to help podcasters communicate their ideas effectively and creatively. The Podcaster''s Audio Handbook focuses on simple techniques that immediately elevate the audio quality of your podcast. The book provides an overview of podcast recording and editing techniques, so that podcasters can avoid common pitfalls. Readers will also gain access to audio downloads to enhance the learning process. With this book, you can improve the technical aspects of recording and editing your podcasts. Anyone can learn audio techniques and I encourage anyone to share their stories through podcasting. Unleash your creativity and connect with your audience! \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat You Will Learn\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e  Choose the correct file formats and settings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e  Set up a portable recorder\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e  Ma\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe Podcaster's Audio Handbook\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface (old chapter 1)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: File Formats and Settings (old chapter 2)\u003cbr\u003eChapter 2: Gear  (old chapter 3)\u003cbr\u003eChapter 3: Getting a Good Take (old chapter 7)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 4: Recording Inside\u003cbr\u003eChapter 5: Recording Outside\u003cbr\u003eChapter 6: Recording Remotely\u003cbr\u003eChapter 7: Editing (old chapter 8)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APress","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49409123287383,"sku":"9781484273609","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781484273609.jpg?v=1730505524"},{"product_id":"architecture-aware-optimization-strategies-in-real-time-image-processing-9781786300942","title":"Architecture-Aware Optimization Strategies in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the field of image processing, many applications require real-time execution, particularly those in the domains of medicine, robotics and transmission, to name but a few. Recent technological developments have allowed for the integration of more complex algorithms with large data volume into embedded systems, in turn producing a series of new sophisticated electronic architectures at affordable prices.  This book performs an in-depth survey on this topic. It is primarily written for those who are familiar with the basics of image processing and want to implement the target processing design using different electronic platforms for computing acceleration.  The authors present techniques and approaches, step by step, through illustrative examples. This book is also suitable for electronics\/embedded systems engineers who want to consider image processing applications as sufficient imaging algorithm details are given to facilitate their understanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction of Real-time Image Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2. Hardware Architectures for\u2028Real-time Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3. Rapid Prototyping of Parallel Reconfigurable Instruction Set Processor for Efficient Real-Time Image Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4. Exploration of High-Level Synthesis Technique.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5. CDMS4HLS: A Novel Source- To-Source\u2028Compilation Strategy for HLS-Based FPGA Design.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6. Embedded Implementation of VHR Satellite Image Segmentation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7. Real-time Image Processing with Very High-level Synthesis.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49412272161111,"sku":"9781786300942","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781786300942.jpg?v=1730516219"},{"product_id":"multivariate-image-processing-9781848211391","title":"Multivariate Image Processing","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMultivariate imagery is now a very common tool in numerous applications, ranging from satellite remote sensing and astrophysics to biomedical imagery, monitoring of the environment or industrial inspection. Multivariate must be understood in th emost general way: color and multispectral imaging, but also multimodal, multisource or multitemporal imagery. In all the cases, the multivariate image corresponds to a set of standard grey level images.  \u003cp\u003eThe availability of the additional diversity, be it spectral temporal and s.o., provides an invaluable source of information, enabling to consider a wide range of new applications. However, in order to address these applications, theoretical developments are required in terms of signal and image processing, or, more generally speaking, information processing. As a matter of fact, most of the standard algorithms designed for grey level images do not generalize easily to multidimensional spaces and some specific derivations are required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis book aims at presenting the most recent advances in signal and image processing for the analysis of multivariate data. It should be helpful for electrical engineers, PhD students and researcher working in the field of signal processing, but also for any engineer dealing with some specific application where multidimensional data are processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"A most welcome addition to the publishers' series on Digital Signal and Image Processing, this handsome book of fourteen chapters has perforce to be highly selective in its choice of subject matter. It is a welcome addition to the studies on the subject of multivariate image processing. All chapters measure up to this reviewer's expectations. This book aims at presenting the most recent advances in signal and image processing for the analysis of multivariate data. It should be helpful for electrical engineers, students at higher levels, and researchers working in the field of signal processing, and extremely ideal for any engineer dealing with a specific application where multidimensional data are processed.\" (Current Engineering Practice, 26 October 2010)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction to Multivariate Image Processing from the Basics to New Challenges. 2. Registration. 3. Fusion of SAR and Optical Data. 4. Fusion of Satellite Images at Different Resolutions. 5. Multitemporal Processing and Change Detection. 6. Bayesian Approach to Linear Spectral Mixture Analysis. 7. Detection and Tracking of Emission Rays in Radioastronomy. 8. Wavelet Transform for the Denoising of Multivariate Images. 9. Bayesian Approach for Polarization-encoded Image Analysis. 10. Unsupervised Classification for Multivariate Images. 11. Noise Estimation.","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413706678615,"sku":"9781848211391","price":150.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848211391.jpg?v=1730521113"},{"product_id":"multi-modality-cardiac-imaging-processing-and-analysis-9781848212350","title":"Multi-modality Cardiac Imaging: Processing and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe imaging of moving organs such as the heart, in particular, is a real challenge because of its movement. This book presents current and emerging methods developed for the acquisition of images of moving organs in the five main medical imaging modalities: conventional X-rays, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), nuclear imaging and ultrasound. The availability of dynamic image sequences allows for the qualitative and quantitative assessment of an organ’s dynamics, which is often linked to pathologies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePREFACE xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eACKNOWLEDGMENTS xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eINTRODUCTION xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1. METHODOLOGICAL BASES 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 1. EXTRACTION AND SEGMENTATION OF STRUCTURES IN IMAGE SEQUENCES 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eOlivier BERNARD, Patrick CLARYSSE, Thomas DIETENBECK, Denis FRIBOULET, Stéphanie JEHAN-BESSON and Jérome POUSIN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Problematics 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Overview of segmentation methods 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Summary of the different classes of deformable models 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1. Non-energy approaches 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2. Energy-based approaches 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Deformable templates 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1. Elastic deformable template principle 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2. Dynamic elastic deformable template 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3. Elastic deformable template and modal analysis 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4. The elastic deformable template in practice 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Variational active contours 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1. Active contour representations 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2. Energy functional 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3. Obtaining the evolution equation 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4. Level set digital implementation 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. Integration of a priori constraints in the formalism of variational contours 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1. Shape a priori 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2. Motion a priori 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7. Implementation examples in cardiac imaging 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1. Echographic imaging: choice of the data fitting term 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2. Example of 3D echocardiography image segmentation 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.3. Example of 2D echocardiography image segmentation 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8. Conclusion 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9. Bibliography 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 2. MOTION ESTIMATION AND ANALYSIS 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePatrick CLARYSSE and Jérome POUSIN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Problematics 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Problem formulation 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Transport methods 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1. Optical flow 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2. Motion estimation seen as an optimal transport problem 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Probabilistic approaches 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Image registration 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1. Transformation 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2. Similarity function 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3. Optimization 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4. Practical considerations 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6. Local methods 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1. Block or primitive-matching 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2. Least-square estimation 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7. Hybrid methods 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1. Power spectrum-based methods 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2. Spatiotemporal description 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8. Phase-based methods 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1. Fleet and Jepson’s method 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2. Analytic and monogenic signal 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.3. Harmonic phase methods 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9. Registration and motion estimation in a sequence of images 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.1. Lagrangian description 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.2. Eulerian description 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.3. Strategies for the estimation in sequence 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10. Evaluation of motion estimation methods 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11. Conclusion 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12. Bibliography 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 3. POST-PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS OF DYNAMIC MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGES FOR MYOCARDIAL PERFUSION QUANTIFICATION 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBruno NEYRAN and Magalie VIALLON\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Introduction 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Dynamic measurement of perfusion with contrast agents: reminder about the MRI sequences and the different contrast agents used 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1. Brief reminder about cardiac perfusion MRI sequences 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2. MRI signal conversion\/tracer concentration 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3. Different clinical-candidate contrast agents 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Motion correction and contour segmentation of the myocardium: important preprocessing prior to quantitative analysis 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1. Dynamic image registration 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2. Automatic contour extraction 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Semi-quantitative perfusion analysis: calculation of relative parameters depending on the injection of the contrast medium 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1. Semi-quantitative perfusion parameters 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2. Heuristic modeling using a varied gamma function 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3. Heuristic modeling with a bi-exponential function 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4. Heuristic modeling with the Moate model 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Absolute parameters independent of the contrast agent injection (taking account of the arterial input): pharmacokinetic modeling 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1. General studies: tracer kinetics theory 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2. Identification of the residual function 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3. Identification of the discrete residual function 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Conclusion 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Bibliography 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 4. TENSOR DECOMPOSITION OF A DYNAMIC SEQUENCE OF IMAGES INTO SIMPLE ELEMENTS  141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eFrédérique FROUIN and Claire PELLOT-BARAKAT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Problematics 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Panorama of methods for the quantitative analysis of dynamic image sequences 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1. Regions of interest method 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2. Parametric imaging methods 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3. Movement analysis methods 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4. Tensor decomposition of a sequence of images into simple elements 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Tensor decomposition methods of an image sequence into simple elements 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1. Notations and decomposition principle 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2. Orthogonal decomposition of an image sequence 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3. Decomposition into simple elements 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Specifications for radiotracer or contrast medium monitoring 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1. Proposed approach objectives and associated constraints definition 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2. Components estimation principle 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3. Example of tensor decomposition into simple elements in myocardial perfusion studies 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4. Limitations of the proposed approach 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5. Clinical applications of the tensor decomposition into simple elements for cardiac imaging 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Specifications for the study of cardiac motion 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1. Proposed approach objectives and associated constraint definition 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2. Tensor decomposition method solution 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3. Tensor decomposition model extensions 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4. Clinical applications and perspectives 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Conclusion 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7. Bibliography 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2. APPLICATION EXAMPLES 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 5. EVALUATION OF CARDIAC STRUCTURE SEGMENTATION IN CINE MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING 171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlain LALANDE, Mireille GARREAU and Frédérique FROUIN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Context: significance of the automatic segmentation of the cardiac structures 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1. Cine MRI in short-axis orientation 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2. Left ventricle and right ventricle 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. Evaluation necessity 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1. The place of evaluation 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2. Analytic and empirical methods 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. Empirical evaluation methods 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. Visual evaluation methods 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. Supervised methods 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1. The definition of a reference 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2. Creation of an expert database 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3. Evaluation criterion: edge-based approaches 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4. Evaluation criteria: region-based approaches 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5. Supervised methods for the estimation of a clinical parameter 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.6. ROC curves 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.7. Comparison of the supervised methods 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.8. Limitations of the supervised methods 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6. Non-supervised evaluation methods 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1. Unsupervised methods relying on region- or edge-based descriptors 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2. Methods using a clinical parameter 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3. Estimation methods of a reference segmentation 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4. Difficulties in unsupervised methods 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7. Conclusion 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8. IMPEIC and MEDIEVAL working groups 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9. Bibliography 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 6. PHASE-BASED HEART MOTION ESTIMATION IN MULTIMODALITY CARDIAC IMAGING 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartino ALESSANDRINI, Adrian BASARAB, Olivier BERNARD and Philippe DELACHARTRE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Phase images 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1. Multidimensional analytic signals 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2. Monogenic signal 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Optical flow motion estimation on the phase of the two single-orthant analytic signals and using a deformable mesh: application to cardiac MRI sequences 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1. Optical flow method applied to spatial phase images 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2. Parametric modeling of local motion 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3. Trajectory estimation 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4. Results 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5. Conclusion 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Motion estimation by optical flow from the monogenic phase using a local affine model and multiscale analysis – application to ultrasonic cardiac sequences 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1. Affine model 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2. Multiscale choice of the window size 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3. Iterative refinement of the displacement 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. Bibliography 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 7. CARDIAC MOTION ANALYSIS IN TAGGED MRI 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePatrick CLARYSSE and Pierre CROISILLE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Motion quantification by the SinMod method 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Processing pipeline and features of the software inTag 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1. Data and input parameters 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2. Motion field estimation 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3. LV contour extraction 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4. LV motion and deformation analysis 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Perspectives 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Bibliography 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 8. LEFT VENTRICLE MOTION ESTIMATION IN COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY IMAGING 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAntoine SIMON, Mireille GARREAU, Régis DELAUNAY, Dominique BOULMIER, Erwan DONAL and Christophe LECLERCQ\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1. Clinical problem and objectives 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2. Technological choice: cardiac CT imaging 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3. State of the art and method positioning 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Surface matching method 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1. Surface segmentation and reconstruction stage 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2. Surface–surface matching 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Surface–surface approach evaluation 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1. Simulated data 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2. Real data 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Surface–surface approach conclusion 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Surface and volume matching method: surface–volume approach 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6. Surface–volume approach evaluation 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1. Simulated data 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2. Real data 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7. Conclusion 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8. Acknowledgments 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9. Bibliography 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3 . TOWARD PATIENT-SPECIFIC CARDIOLOGY 293\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCHAPTER 9. PERSONALIZATION OF ELECTROMECHANICAL MODELS OF THE CARDIAC VENTRICULAR FUNCTION BY HETEROGENEOUS CLINICAL DATA ASSIMILATION 295\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eStephanie MARCHESSEAU, Maxime SERMESANT, Florence BILLET, Hervé DELINGETTE and Nicholas AYACHE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. Introduction 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. Anatomy and electrophysiology personalization from clinical data 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1. Personalization of the heart and the tissue structure anatomy 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2. Cardiac electrophysiology personalization 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. Heart mechanics modeling 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1. Modeling of the Bestel–Clément–Sorine electromechanical coupling 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2. Blood flow modeling 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3. Other boundary conditions 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4. Discussion about this model 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4. Image data processing: cardiac kinematics personalization 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1. Metrics for the comparison between observed and simulated motion 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2. Data time interpolation 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3. Deformable models approach 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4. Data displacement case 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.5. Velocity data case 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.6. Results with cine-MRI data 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.7. Results from dynamic CT data 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5. Calibration of the mechanical parameters from global data 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1. Available data description 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2. Unscented transform calibration 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3. Calibration results with healthy volunteers 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.4. Calibration results with pathological cases 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6. Mechanical personalization by variational data assimilation 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1. Variational approach on a simplified model 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2. Application to synthetic cases 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3. Application to clinical cases 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4. Sequential approach on full model 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7. Conclusion 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8. Bibliography 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCONCLUSION 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAPPENDIX 1 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAPPENDIX 2 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLIST OF AUTHORS 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eINDEX 347\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413708644695,"sku":"9781848212350","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848212350.jpg?v=1730521117"},{"product_id":"molecular-imaging-in-nano-mri-9781848214743","title":"Molecular Imaging in Nano MRI","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe authors describe a technique that can visualize the atomic structure of molecules, it is necessary, in terms of the image processing, to consider the reconstruction of sparse images. Many works have leveraged the assumption of sparsity in order to achieve an improved performance that would not otherwise be possible. \u003cbr\u003eFor nano MRI, the assumption of sparsity is given by default since, at the atomic scale, molecules are\u003cbr\u003esparse structures. This work reviews the latest results on molecular imaging for nano MRI. Sparse image reconstruction methods can be categorized as either non-Bayesian or Bayesian. A comparison of the performance and complexity of several such algorithms is given.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1. Nano MRI 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2. Sparse Image Reconstruction 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3. Iterative Thresholding Methods 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4. Hyperparameter Selection Using the SURE Criterion  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5. Monte Carlo Approach: Gibbs Sampling 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6. Simulation Study 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 77\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413712838999,"sku":"9781848214743","price":132.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848214743.jpg?v=1730521134"},{"product_id":"medical-imaging-based-on-magnetic-fields-and-ultrasounds-9781848215023","title":"Medical Imaging Based on Magnetic Fields and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book describes the different principles and equipment used in medical imaging. The importance of medical imaging for diagnostics is rapidly increasing. A good working knowledge of all the different possible physical principles involved in medical imaging is now imperative. This book covers many of these principles including matter photon interactions, the principles of detectors, detectors and information processing for radiology, X-ray tomography, positron tomography, single photon tomography and optical tomography.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword ix\u003cbr\u003e Guy FRIJA\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Ultrasound Medical Imaging 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eDidier VRAY, Elisabeth BRUSSEAU, Valérie DETTI, François VARRAY, Adrian BASARAB, Olivier BEUF, Olivier BASSET, Christian CACHARD, Hervé LIEBGOTT, Philippe DELACHARTRE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Physical principles of echography 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1. Ultrasound waves 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2. Wavefronts 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3. Stress\/Strain relation 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4. Propagation equation 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5. Acoustic impedance 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6. Acoustic intensity 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.7. Mechanical Index 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.8. Generation, emission 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.9. Resolution 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.10. Propagation of a plane wave in a finite isotropic medium 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.11. Propagation of a plane wave in a non-homogeneous medium 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.12. Speckle 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.13. Nonlinear waves 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.14. Contrast agents 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Medical ultrasound systems 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1. Principle 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2. The different stages in image formation 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3. Ultrasound imaging probe 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4. Modes of imaging, B-mode and M-mode, and harmonic imaging modes 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5. Doppler imaging 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. The US image 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1. Properties of speckle, echostructure and statistical laws 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2. Segmentation of US images 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3. Simulation of US images 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Recent advances in ultrasound imaging 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1. Generation\/emission of ultrasounds 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2. Signal- and image processing 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3. Multimodal imaging 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. A bright future for ultrasound imaging 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7. Bibliography 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Magnetic Resonance Imaging 73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eDominique SAPPEY-MARINIER and André BRIGUET\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Introduction 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Fundamental elements for MRI 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1. Introduction 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2. Vectorial description of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3. RF pulses and their effect on magnetizations 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4. Elementary pulse sequences using the refocusing technique 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5. Spatial discrimination of signals using gradients: fundamental principle of MRI 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6. Multi-parameter aspect of MRI 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Instrumentation 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1. Introduction 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2. Recording the signal 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3. Magnetic systems 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4. A typical MRI installation in a clinical environment 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5. Operation and safety 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Image properties 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1. Introduction 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2. Field of view 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3. Spatial resolution 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4. Contrast and signal 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5. Contrast elements in MRI practice 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Imaging sequences and modes of reconstruction 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1. Introduction 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2. Overall view of acquisition sequences 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3. Modes of reconstruction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6. Application of MRI: uses and evolution in the biomedical field 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1. Introduction 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2. Spectroscopy and imaging: technical and clinical complementarity 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3. Diffusion MRI: a morphological and functional approach 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4. Functional MRI (fMRI) of cerebral activation 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.5. Bi-modal approach to MRI: the example of MR\/PET 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7. Bibliography 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Authors 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 265\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413713232215,"sku":"9781848215023","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848215023.jpg?v=1730521135"},{"product_id":"mathematical-foundations-of-image-processing-and-analysis-volume-1-9781848215467","title":"Mathematical Foundations of Image Processing and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eImage processing and image analysis are typically important fields in information science and technology. By “image processing”, we generally understand all kinds of operation performed on images (or sequences of images) in order to increase their quality, restore their original content, emphasize some particular aspect of the information or optimize their transmission, or to perform radiometric and\/or spatial analysis. By “image analysis” we understand, however, all kinds of operation performed on images (or sequences of images) in order to extract qualitative or quantitative data, perform measurements and apply statistical analysis. Whereas there are nowadays many books dealing with image processing, only a small number deal with image analysis. The methods and techniques involved in these fields of course have a wide range of applications in our daily world: industrial vision, material imaging, medical imaging, biological imaging, multimedia applications, satellite imaging, quality control, traffic control, and so on\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePart 1. An Overview of Image Processing and Analysis (IPA)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1. Gray-Tone Images.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2. Gray-Tone Image Processing and Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3. Binary Images.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4. Binary Image Processing and Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5. Key Concepts and Notions for IPA.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6. Mathematical Imaging Frameworks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 2. Basic Mathematical Reminders for Gray-Tone and Binary Image Processing and Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7. Basic Reminders in Set Theory.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8. Basic Reminders in Topology and Functional Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 3. The Main Mathematical Notions for the Spatial and Tonal Domains\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9. The Spatial Domain.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10. The Tonal Domain.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 4. Ten Main Functional Frameworks for Gray Tone Images\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11. The Algebraic and Order Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12. The Morphological Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13. The Integral Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14. The Convolutional Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15. The Differential Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16. The Generalized Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17. The Frequential Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18. The Multiscale Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19. The Variational Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20. The Probabilistic Functional Framework.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413713953111,"sku":"9781848215467","price":149.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848215467.jpg?v=1730521138"},{"product_id":"close-range-photogrammetry-principles-methods-and-applications-9781849950572","title":"Close Range Photogrammetry: Principles, Methods","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book provides a thorough presentation of the methods, mathematics, systems and applications which comprise the subject of close range photogrammetry, which uses accurate imaging techniques to analyse the three-dimensional shape of a wide range of manufactured and natural objects. Close range photogrammetry, for the most part entirely digital, has become an accepted, powerful and readily available technique for engineers and scientists who wish to utilise images to make accurate 3-D measurements of complex objects. After an introduction, the book provides fundamental mathematics, including orientation, digital imaging processing and 3-D reconstruction methods, as well as presenting a discussion of imaging technology including targeting and illumination, hardware and software systems. Finally it gives a short overview of photogrammetric solutions for typical applications in engineering, manufacturing, medical science, architecture, archaeology and other fields.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction; Mathematical fundamentals; Imaging technology; Analytical methods; Digital image processing; Photogrammetric measuring systems; Measurement concepts and solutions in practice; Example applications; Abbreviations; Image sources; Index","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413912887639,"sku":"9781849950572","price":57.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"object-and-pattern-recognition-in-remote-sensing-modelling-and-monitoring-environmental-and-anthropogenic-objects-and-change-processes-9781849951289","title":"Object and Pattern Recognition in Remote Sensing:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFully automated interpretation and understanding of remotely sensed data by a computer has been a challenge for many decades, and many approaches have been developed over the years. Significant advances in knowledge-based image understanding, machine learning and artificial intelligence has led to this topic being the focus of much research in recent years. This book highlights the different theoretical and application-oriented aspects and potential solutions to the topic of automated remote sensing data analysis. Thereby, both classical knowledge-based as well as modern machine learning-oriented concepts are described. A field such as this is specialized and dynamic and also interdisciplinary and multilayered.  Written by an international team of experts, the book has therefore been split into parts dealing with the concepts and applications, and the focus is on elucidating the complementarity of different lines of research rather than providing the complete set of scientific approaches.Part A of this book gives insight into the basic theories and concepts of feature extraction, image understanding and the respective assessment strategies as well as into geometric, radiometric and sensor-related fundamentals of remote sensing technology. Part B focuses on various scientific and practical applications of remote sensing data analysis. These range from the automatic detailed reconstruction of complex 3D environments to visual tracking of objects in image sequences as well as monitoring natural and anthropogenic long-term processes on a regional scale. Part C sketches recent trends in automatic analysis of remote sensing data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart A: Methodology Introduction; Object, data and sensor modelling; Feature extraction from images and point clouds: Fundamentals, advances and trends; A short survey on supervised classification in remote; Context-based classification; Toward a framework for quality assessment in remote sensing applicationsPart B: Application  From raw 3D point clouds to semantic objects; Traffic extraction and characterization from optical remote sensing data; Object extraction in image sequences; A process-based model approach to predict future land-use changes and link biodiversity with soil erosion in Chile; Interferometric SAR Image analysis for 3D building reconstruction; Detection and classification of collapsed buildings after a strong earthquake by means of laser scanning and image analysis; A settlement process analysis in coastal Benin - confronting scarce data availability in developing countriesPart C: Conclusion Benchmarking - a basic requirement for effective performance evaluation; Remote sensing and computer vision image analysis: summary and recent trends","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413914034519,"sku":"9781849951289","price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849951289.jpg?v=1730521826"},{"product_id":"3d-recording-documentation-and-management-of-cultural-heritage-9781849951685","title":"3D Recording, Documentation and Management of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDocumentation of our cultural heritage is experiencing an explosion of innovation. New tools have appeared in recent decades including laser scanning, rapid prototyping, high dynamic range spherical and infrared imagery, drone photography, augmented and virtual reality and computer rendering in multiple dimensions. These give us visualisations and data that are at once interesting, intriguing and yet sometimes deceptive. This text provides an objective and integrated approach to the subject, bringing together the techniques of conservation with management, photographic methods, various modelling techniques and the use of unmanned aerial systems. This interdisciplinary approach addresses the need for knowledge about deploying advanced digital technologies and the materials and methods for the assessment, conservation, rehabilitation and maintenance of the sustainability of existing structures and designated historic buildings. Furthermore, this book actively provides the knowhow to facilitate the creation of heritage inventories, assessing risk, and addressing the need for sustainability.In so doing it becomes more feasible to mitigate the threats from inherent and external causes, not only for the built heritage but also for moveable objects and intangible heritage that suffer abandonment and negligence as well as looting and illegal trafficking. The book is written by a team of international experts based upon their practical experience and expertise. It therefore creates a unique book that encapsulates the knowledge of this discipline required by anyone working in this field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e`...this new publication is a welcome addition, highlighting how these 3D techniques can be utilised...  ...this well-illustrated volume represents a useful contribution for scholars wishing to gain a better understanding of the underpinnings of 3D recording and documentation’. Medieval Archaeology -------------------- `...I found this book very valuable. It can reach an eclectic audience in providing a broad spectrum of the subject. This book is of major importance for Cultural Heritage 3D recording and management and...an important resource handbook’. International Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works -------------------- '...this new, richly illustrated reference publication on recording and documenting cultural heritage. ... For anyone considering a digital camera for survey purposes ... this chapter [4] is essential reading, and is rightfully one of the best references currently available on the science behind imaging. ...manages to provide what is probably the most up-to-date reference book on 3D recording, documentation and management of cultural heritage. For any heritage professional, academic, student or interested individual considering applying, acquiring, undertaking or researching digital imaging, photogrammetry, Structure-from-Motion, laser scanning, GIS, BIM or RPAS\/UAV within a conservation context, this book should be essential reading before embarking down any one of these rapidly developing technological routes'. Conservation and Management of Archaeological Sites -------------------- '...the images in this book, both in colour and high-resolution, play a critical role along with the text. This is a well produced book that is wonderful to read and view. ...I find this book exceptional for its publishing quality, content and production. It clearly includes cutting-edge knowledge, awareness and experience from many contributors involved in cultural heritage processes around the globe...would be very useful to anyone involved in cultural heritage, documentation of history and site preservation and conservation. It can readily serve as a course text in addition to being a reference text. ... I've nothing but positive things to say about this book - I think you will too'. 3D Visualization World\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction - current trends in cultural heritage and documentation; Conservation techniques in cultural heritage; Cultural heritage management tools: The role of GIS and BIM; Basics of photography for cultural heritage imaging; Basics of image-based modelling techniques in cultural heritage 3D recording; Basics of range-based modelling techniques in cultural heritage 3D recording; Cultural heritage documentation with RPAS\/UAV","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413914755415,"sku":"9781849951685","price":76.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849951685.jpg?v=1730521830"},{"product_id":"high-resolution-optical-satellite-imagery-2nd-edition-9781849953900","title":"High Resolution Optical Satellite Imagery: 2nd","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe second edition of this book has been fully updated to include information on optical sensors launched since 2012 and on new developments in technology, particularly on small satellites and on constellations. There is also a new chapter on applications which looks at how products from optical sensors are used by various organisations for the benefit of end users. Information is given on acquiring images and value added products. Examples and case studies from various disciplines and regions are included. The book is a comprehensive guide to the characteristics and use of high resolution optical images from satellite-borne sensors, concentrating on sensors designed for mapping. It considers in detail the SPOT series of satellites and sensors with a ground sample distance (GSD) of less than 15m, operational since SPOT 1 and particularly the sensors launched since 1999 with GSD of less than 1m The book explains to students, anyone working in map production and scientists working in fields other than mapping, the way in which high resolution imagery is obtained and the issues which surround its collection and use. It deals progressively with the fundamentals of mapping from imagery, followed by the key features in the design of sensors and methods of data storage and transmission, including data compression. Subsequent chapters cover the sensors, calibration, sensor models and the methods of determining the orientation elements and extracting coordinates from the images. Rigorous orientation, use of rational polynomial coefficients (RPCs) and approximate methods are covered. Results from tests showing the accuracy which can be obtained, generation of digital elevations models, their accuracy and the production of orthoimages are included, as are image processing and data fusion. Finally, future missions and the issues which face further development are discussed. High Resolution Optical Satellite Imagery is written by a team of acknowledged international experts, is the only comprehensive text on the subject and has been well received by the geospatial community.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction; History of Optical Sensors in Space; Principles of High Resolution Optical Sensors; Sensors with a GSD of Greater than 1 m up to 16 m; Sensors with a GSD of 1 m or less; Calibration, Sensor Models and Orientation; Processing and Products; Applications; Conclusions and Future Developments; Index","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413916164439,"sku":"9781849953900","price":85.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849953900.jpg?v=1730521836"},{"product_id":"3d-4d-city-modelling-from-sensors-to-applications-9781849954754","title":"3D\/4D City Modelling: From Sensors to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn their 112-year history, the many special characteristics of Calcium Aluminate Cements have led to their use in all kinds of applications that are beyond the capabilities of other cements, such as Portland cements. This encompasses characteristics such as chemical resistance, rapid hardening properties, high temperature resistance, and an ideal component for blended systems and many more.  The first International conference on calcium aluminate cements was held in London in 1990 and since then there have been further events in Edinburgh (2001) and twice in Avignon, France (2008 and 2014). This volume presents the fifth conference in this series and once again provides essential reading for anyone interested in the subject.  This volume contains over 60 international contributions with the most up to date information about calcium aluminates and their unique properties. Topics covered include new types, hydration and durability studies including blended systems, the latter are now widely used and some of these have significantly different hydration chemistry to the pure calcium aluminates.  A variety of applications of these interesting cements is covered, including traditional applications such as concretes for contrasting marine situations (seabed and coastal), temperature-resistant refractory applications, formulated blended systems within the building chemistry sector along with the necessary admixtures and the many uses in corrosive biogenic situations that give sewage system infrastructure a considerably longer lifespan.  Other new applications are also explored including 3D printing, thermochemical storage encapsulation, oil well cements, and ettringite-based repair systems. The peer-reviewed papers presented in these proceedings include a wide variety of techniques used by the authors to deliver new understanding of aspects of these cements and will undoubtedly drive future research into the various aspects of these cements.","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413917147479,"sku":"9781849954754","price":49.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849954754.jpg?v=1730521838"},{"product_id":"airborne-and-terrestrial-laser-scanning-9781904445876","title":"Airborne and Terrestrial Laser Scanning","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWritten by a team of international experts, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the major applications of airborne and terrestrial laser scanning. The book focuses on principles and methods and presents an integrated treatment of airborne and terrestrial laser scanning technology. Laser scanning is a relatively young 3D measurement technique offering much potential in the acquisition of precise and reliable 3D geodata and object geometries. However, there are many terrestrial and airborne scanners on the market, accompanied by numerous software packages that handle data acquisition, processing and visualization, yet existing knowledge is fragmented over a wide variety of publications, whether printed or electronic. This book brings together the various facets of the subject in a coherent text that will be relevant for advanced students, academics and practitioners. After consideration of the technology and processing methods, the book turns to applications.The primary use thus far has been the extraction of digital terrain models from airborne laser scanning data, but many other applications are considered including engineering, forestry, cultural heritage, extraction of 3D building models and mobile mapping.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'The authors and editors are to be congratulated for this effort at bringning together the knowledge of the technology, data handling and applications of laser scanning in a comprehensive book for the first time. I would recommend it as essential reading for any student or professional in the fieldof geospatial technology and its applications.' GIS DEVELOPMENT '...the editors ... did a tremendous job and provided a comprehensive and coherent textbook... The book ... is a must-have textbook for students which are interested in the large field of airborne and terrestrial LiDAR and will surely become an important reference for practitioners involved in the acquisition and use of laser scanning data.' Photogrammetrie Fernerkundung Geoinformation '...a comprehensive work... This text provides a comprehensive account of airborne and terrestrial laser scanning. ... This will likely become a core textfor undergraduate students, but will doubtlessly also appeal to a broader range of readers, including those engaged in academic research and commercial practice.' Geomatics World '...this book will form a useful reference work... ...an excellent basic text... ...will serve as a reference book for the many users who need to understand the technology and principles of airborna and terrestrial laser scanning. There is no better alternative today.' International Journal of Digital Earth 'A valuable addition to laser scanning literature... For advanced undergraduates or postgrads, Chapters 1 to 3 are an excellent introduction to the technology, and for practitioners, the applications chapters show how laser scanning data is processd to produce the products they use in many, diverse disciplines. An excellent purchase for either group.' GEOconnexion International\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Laser Scanning Technology (J.-Angelo Beraldin, National Research Council Canada, Francois Blais, National Research Council Canada and Uwe Lohr, Lohr Consulting Germany). Visualisation and Structuring of Point Clouds (George Vosselman and Reinhard Klein). Registration and Calibration (Derek Lichti, University of Calgary, Canada and Jan Skaloud, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology [EPFL]). Extraction of Digital Terrain Models (Christian Briese, Vienna University of Technology, Austria). Building Extraction (Claus Brenner, Leibnitz Universitat Hannover, Germany). Forestry Applications (Hans-Gerd Maas). Engineering Applications (Roderick Lindenbergh, Technical University of Delft, Netherlands). Cultural Heritage Applications (Pierre Grussenmeyer, INSA Strasbourg, Graduate School of Science and Technology, France and Klaus Hanke, University of Innsbruck, Austria). Mobile Mapping (Hansjorg Kutterer, Leibniz Universitat Hannover, Germany). Index","brand":"Whittles Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49414209241431,"sku":"9781904445876","price":72.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781904445876.jpg?v=1730522826"},{"product_id":"digital-filters-using-matlab-9783030240622","title":"Digital Filters Using MATLAB","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis textbook provides comprehensive coverage for courses in the basics of design and implementation of digital filters.  The book assumes only basic knowledge in digital signal processing and covers state-of-the-art methods for digital filter design and provides a simple route for the readers to design their own filters. The advanced mathematics that is required for the filter design is minimized by providing an extensive MATLAB toolbox with over 300 files. The book presents over 200 design examples with MATLAB code and over 300 problems to be solved by the reader. The students can design and modify the code for their use.   The book and the design examples cover almost all known design methods of frequency-selective digital filters as well as some of the authors’ own, unique techniques.    \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction.- Signals and Transforms.- Discrete-Time and Digital Filters.- Filter Algorithms.- Finite Wordlength Effects.- Synthesis of Fir Filters.- Realization of Fir Filters.- Synthesis of Analog Filters.- Analog Filters with Lumped and Distributed Elements.- Synthesis of IIR Filters.- Wave Digital Filters.- Ladder Wave Digital Filters.- Symmetric Wave Digital Filters.- Frequency-Response Masking Filters.- Sampling Rate Converters.- Multirate Filters.- Implementation of Digital Filters.- References.- Index.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415616168279,"sku":"9783030240622","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030240622.jpg?v=1730527528"},{"product_id":"computer-vision-a-reference-guide-9783030634155","title":"Computer Vision: A Reference Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive reference provides easy access to relevant information on all aspects of Computer Vision. An A-Z format of over 240 entries offers a diverse range of topics for those seeking entry into any aspect within the broad field of Computer Vision. Over 200 Authors from both industry and academia contributed to this volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach entry includes synonyms, a definition and discussion of the topic, and a robust bibliography. Extensive cross-references to other entries support efficient, user-friendly searches for immediate access to relevant information.   Entries were peer-reviewed by a distinguished international advisory board, both scientifically and geographically diverse, ensuring balanced coverage. Over 3700 bibliographic references for further reading enable deeper exploration into any of the topics covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe content of \u003ci\u003eComputer Vision: A Reference Guide\u003c\/i\u003e is expository and tutorial, making the book a practical resource for students who are considering entering the field, as well as professionals in other fields who need to access this vital information but may not have the time to work their way through an entire text on their topic of interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver 240 entries organized A to Z.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415626654039,"sku":"9783030634155","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030634155.jpg?v=1730527565"},{"product_id":"remote-sensing-digital-image-analysis-9783030823269","title":"Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRemote Sensing Digital Image Analysis\u003c\/i\u003e provides a comprehensive treatment of the methods used for the processing and interpretation of remotely sensed image data.  Over the past decade there have been continuing and significant developments in the algorithms used for the analysis of remote sensing imagery, even though many of the fundamentals have substantially remained the same.  As with its predecessors this new edition again presents material that has retained value but also includes newer techniques, covered from the perspective of operational remote sensing.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe book is designed as a teaching text for the senior undergraduate and postgraduate student, and as a fundamental treatment for those engaged in research using digital image analysis in remote sensing.  The presentation level is for the mathematical non-specialist.  Since the very great number of operational users of remote sensing come from the earth sciences communities, the text is pitched at a level commensurate with their background.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe chapters progress logically through means for the acquisition of remote sensing images, techniques by which they can be corrected, and methods for their interpretation. The prime focus is on applications of the methods, so that worked examples are included and a set of problems conclude each chapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSources and characteristics of remote sensing image data.- correcting and registering images.- interpreting images.- radiometric enhancement of images.- geometric processing and enhancement: image domain techniques.- spectral domain image transforms.- spatial domain image transforms.- supervised classification techniques.- clustering and unsupervised classification.- Feature Reduction.- Image Classification in Practice.- Multisource Image Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415645102423,"sku":"9783030823269","price":75.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030823269.jpg?v=1730527632"},{"product_id":"applikationen-der-optoelektronik-9783658289942","title":"Applikationen der Optoelektronik","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn der hochbitratigen optischen Nachrichtentechnik ist es wichtig, parasitäre induktive und kapazitive Einflüsse auf die Funktion von Laser- und Fotodioden zu kompensieren. Wegen des nichtlinearen Charakters der u-i-Relationen der Induktivitäten, Kapazitäten und Widerstände ist es möglich, Kompensationsverfahren gegen parasitäre Effekte zu entwickeln oder die Nichtlinearitäten gezielt zur Signalübertragung einzusetzen. Reiner Thiele beweist, dass bei Applikation der vorgestellten Kompensationsverfahren kapazitive und induktive Influenzen auf die Grundfunktion der optoelektronischen Bauelemente vermeidbar sind, das Klemmenverhalten durch die u-i-Kennlinien von Laser- oder Fotodioden komplett erfasst wird und ungünstige Einflüsse der Systemumgebung auf die optoelektronischen Schaltungen vermieden werden. Außerdem stellt er Definitionen für optoelektronische Grundstromkreise sowie ihre Berechnung für die Applikation gleichartiger Laser- oder Fotodioden als Sende- bzw. Empfangsbauelemente der optischen Nachrichtentechnik vor.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDer Autor:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProf. Dr.-Ing. Reiner Thiele\u003c\/b\u003e lehrte an der Hochschule Zittau\/Görlitz und unterrichtet derzeit an der Staatlichen Studienakademie Bautzen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eParameter von Dioden.- Kompensation elektromagnetischer Beeinflussungen.- Optoelektronische Grundstromkreise.","brand":"Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49420128289111,"sku":"9783658289942","price":11.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783658289942.jpg?v=1730540884"},{"product_id":"sixth-international-conference-on-intelligent-computing-and-applications-proceedings-of-icica-2020-9789811613340","title":"Sixth International Conference on Intelligent","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents the peer-reviewed proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on Intelligent Computing and Applications (ICICA 2020), held at Government College of Engineering, Keonjhar, Odisha, India, during December 22–24, 2020. The book includes the latest research on advanced computational methodologies such as neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary algorithms, hybrid intelligent systems, uncertain reasoning techniques, and other machine learning methods and their applications to decision-making and problem-solving in mobile and wireless communication networks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClosed Loop Vision Based Ball Balancer.- A Novel Network Learning For Image Compressive Sensing.- COVID – 19 Severıty Predıctıons: An  Analysis Usıng Correlatıon Measures.- A Novel Methodology for Comparative Analysis of Power Quality Improvement for a 3 Phase DC\/AC Embedded DC\/DC Converter.- Performance of Photovoltaic based ZETA Converter Water Pumping Application.- Performance Analysis of Radial Distribution System by Optimal Deployment of DG and DSTATCOM Considering Network Reconfiguration using a SAR Algorithm.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427824148823,"sku":"9789811613340","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811613340.jpg?v=1730565801"},{"product_id":"applied-information-processing-systems-proceedings-of-iccet-2021-9789811620072","title":"Applied Information Processing Systems:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is a collection of selected high-quality research papers presented at the International Conference on Computing in Engineering and Technology (ICCET 2021), organized by Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Technological University, Lonere, India, during January 30–31, 2021. Focusing on frontier topics and next-generation technologies, it presents original and innovative research from academics, scientists, students and engineers alike. The theme of the conference is Applied Information Processing System.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1. CNN parameter adjustment for brain tumor classification.- Chapter 2. Advance Fuzzy Radial Basis Function Neural Network.- Chapter 3. Unbounded Fuzzy Radial Basis Function Neural Network Classifier.- Chapter 4. A study on the adaptability of Deep Learning-based Polar coded NOMA in Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communication Scenario.- Chapter 5. Heart Rate Variability based Mental Stress Detection using Deep Learning Approach.- Chapter 6. Product Based Market Analysis using Deep Learning.- Chapter 7. Driver drowsiness detection using Deep-Learning Chapter 8. Emotion detection from social media-based using machine learning techniques: A Survey.- Chapter 9. Deep age estimation using sclera images in multiple environment.- Chapter 10. Data Handling Approach for Machine Learning in Wireless Communication: A Survey.- Chapter 11. Breast cancer detection in mammograms using deep learning.- Chapter 12. Deep learning based Parameterized Framework to investigate the influence of Pedagogical Innovations in Engineering Courses.- Chapter 13. Modern Transfer Learning based preliminary diagnosis of COVID-19 using forced cough recordings with Mel-frequency cepstral coefficients.- Chapter 14. Biomedical Text Summarization: A Graph Based Ranking Approach.- Chapter 15. EEG based Diagnosis of Alzheimer's Disease Using  Kolmogorov Complexity.\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427825197399,"sku":"9789811620072","price":116.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811620072.jpg?v=1730565804"},{"product_id":"proceedings-of-the-international-e-conference-on-intelligent-systems-and-signal-processing-e-issp-2020-9789811621222","title":"Proceedings of the International e-Conference on","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book provides insights into the Third International Conference on Intelligent Systems and Signal Processing (eISSP 2020) held By Electronics \u0026amp; Communication Engineering Department of G H Patel College of Engineering \u0026amp; Technology, Gujarat, India, during 28–30 December 2020. The book comprises contributions by the research scholars and academicians covering the topics in signal processing and communication engineering, applied electronics and emerging technologies, Internet of Things (IoT), robotics, machine learning, deep learning and artificial intelligence. The main emphasis of the book is on dissemination of information, experience and research results on the current topics of interest through in-depth discussions and contribution of researchers from all over world. The book is useful for research community, academicians, industrialists and postgraduate students across the globe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: Design and Analysis of Modified Split Ring Resonator Structured Multiband Antenna for WCDMA and WiMAX Applications.- Chapter 2: A Wearable Finger Exoskeleton For Motor Rehabilitation Using Mobile Application.- Chapter 3: Game theoretical approach for cluster-based routing protocol in Wireless Sensor Networks.- Chapter 4: Advance Digital Signal Processing for Interference Mitigation in Very High Throughput Satellite.- Chapter 5: Low-Power Endoscopic Image Compression Algorithms Using Modified Golomb Codes.- Chapter 6: Image Steganography Using Ridgelet Transform and SVD.- Chapter 7: HWCMA and HW-LS-CMA blind learning method for intelligent antenna system.- Chapter 8: Performance evaluation of prediction algorithm based tracking methods in a recovery of a lost target using Wireless Sensor Network.- Chapter 9: An Efficient Convolutional Neural Network for Acute Pain Recognition using HRV Features.- Chapter 10: Design and development of LSTM–RNN model for the prediction of RR intervals in ECG signals.- Chapter 11: FHSS Signals Classification by Linear Discriminant in a Multi-Signal Environment.- Chapter 12: Non-invasive Thyroid detection using thermal Imaging technique.- Chapter 13: Non Orthogonal Multiple Access Techniques for Next Generation Wireless Networks: A Review.- Chapter 14: Triple band circular patch antenna using complimentary split ring resonators.- Chapter 15: Features Analysis of Electroencephalography (EEG) for Mindfulness Meditation Effect on Cancer Patient toward Stress Level.\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427825328471,"sku":"9789811621222","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811621222.jpg?v=1730565804"},{"product_id":"footprints-in-cambridge-and-aviation-industries-of-china-scientific-papers-of-yanzhong-zhang-9789811631757","title":"Footprints in Cambridge and Aviation Industries","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book is a collection of academician Yanzhong Zhang’s research papers published in English. It represents the development of aerospace systems engineering and information technology in China over the past 4 decades. Regarded as the crucial reference materials of related disciplines, it falls into three categories, namely, information technique, aeronautical engineering strategy issue of development, as well as PhD thesis.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eInformation Technique.- Aeronautical Engineering.- Strategy Issue of Development.- Ph.D. Thesis.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427827163479,"sku":"9789811631757","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811631757.jpg?v=1730565811"},{"product_id":"proceedings-of-international-conference-on-advanced-computing-applications-icaca-2021-9789811652066","title":"Proceedings of International Conference on","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book gathers selected high-quality research papers presented at the 2nd International Conference on Advanced Computing Applications (ICACA 2021), held virtually during 27––28 March 2021. The book is divided into four sections. These are communication and computing, signal processing and multimedia, computational intelligence and data analytics and decision computing. The topics covered are advanced communication technologies, IoT-based systems and applications, network security and reliability, virtualization technologies, compressed sensors and multimedia applications, signal image and video processing, machine learning, pattern recognitions, intelligent computing, big data analytics, analytics in bio-computing, AI-driven 6G mobile wireless networks and autonomous driving.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eInternet of Things-based Animal Health Monitoring and Management.- Cryptanalysis of an Authentication and Key Management Scheme in Context of Generic Hierarchical IoT Network.- Personalized Smart Recommendation System for Industrial Internet of Things.- IoT Based Anti-Poaching Technology to Save Wildlife.- GeoLens: Geospatial Location Exploration Using Mobile Crowdsensing in Tourism 4.0: A case study of Kunjanagar, Falakata, West Bengal.- IoT Cloud System for Streetlights Monitoring based on Solar Energy using ESP32.- Smart Vehicle Management System using Internet of Vehicles (IoV).- IoT Based Real Time HRV Performance Analysis.- Implementation of Acoustic Source Localization on Edge-IoT Platform.- Internet of Things Platform for Advantageous Renewable Energy Generation.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427830538583,"sku":"9789811652066","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811652066.jpg?v=1730565823"},{"product_id":"proceeding-of-the-international-science-and-technology-conference-fareastson-2021-october-2021-vladivostok-russian-federation-far-eastern-federal-university-9789811688287","title":"Proceeding of the International Science and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents the proceedings of the International Science and Technology Conference “FarEastCon 2021,” which took place on October 5–8, 2021, in Vladivostok, Russian Federation. The book discusses modern achievements and promising research in the sphere of intelligent technologies in solving real, applied problems in various fields of industry and economic policies of different countries. Featuring selected papers from the conference, this book is of interest to experts in various fields whose work involves developing innovative solutions and increasing the efficiency of economic activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOperator of Connection Between the Langmuir Equation and Oparin’s Kinematic Equation for Pendulum-Type Waves. Part I.- Operator of Connection Between the Langmuir Equation and Oparin’s Kinematic Equation for Pendulum-Type Waves. Part II.- Operator of Connection Between the Langmuir Equation and Oparin’s Kinematic Equation for Pendulum-Type Waves. Part III.- On Algorithms of Digital Simulators in Education.- Problems and Risks of the It Outsourcing Market in Russia.- Investment Prospects for Renewable Energy Projects in the Republic of Buryatia.- Software Development Technology for Predictive Analysis of the Functioning of Credit Institutions.- Method for Assessing Organization System Quality.- Analysis of the Management of Sector “Security” as Part of the Strategic Management of Bulgaria.- Circular Economy (CE) Innovation and Internationalization of Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs): Geographical Overview and Sectorial Patterns.- Methodology for Evaluating the Effectiveness of Implementing Investments in Lean Enterprise Production.- Perfection of the Process of Interaction of Various Types of Transport in the Far Eastern Transport Hubs.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427836404055,"sku":"9789811688287","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811688287.jpg?v=1730565843"},{"product_id":"advances-in-control-techniques-for-smart-grid-applications-9789811698552","title":"Advances in Control Techniques for Smart Grid","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo meet the increasing demand of electrical power, the use of renewable energy-based smart grid is attracting significant attention in recent years throughout the world. The high penetration of renewable power in the smart grids is growing its importance due to its non-finishing, reusable, reliable, sustainable, lower cost, and available characteristics. The renewable energy-based smart grid technology may mitigate the increasing energy demands effectively and efficiently without hampering the environment. But the uncertain nature of renewable sources largely affects the operation of the smart grid by un-stabling the voltage and frequency that may introduces power quality and reliability problems, which requires special control techniques. This book investigates the challenges in controlling renewable energy-based smart grids and proposes different control techniques to control the voltage and frequency effectively to improve the power quality and reliability of the power grids. This book is a valuable resource for readers interested in practical solutions in smart grids and renewable energy systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: A Robust Controller for Multi-level Distributed Generation Based Island-ed Microgrid.- Chapter 2: Multi-source Microgrid Fre-quency Stability Control Using Learning-Based Technology.- Chapter 3: Hybrid Renewable Energy Sys-tems for Future Power Grids.- Chapter 4: Operation of Renewable Ener-gy and Energy Storage-based Hybrid Re-mote-area Power Sup-ply (RAPS) Systems: Challenges and State-of-the-arts.- Chapter 5: A Symbolic Aggregate Approx-imation-based Data Mining Tool for the Detection and Classification of Power Grid Voltage Events.- Chapter 6: Identifying Hosting Capacity of Renewable DG units in Smart Grids Con-sidering Protection Systems.- Chapter 7: Management of Distributed Generation for Smart Buildings.- Chapter 8: Smart Inverters and Controls for Grid-Connected Renewable Energy Sources.- Chapter 9: Transformerless Three-Phase Solar Photovoltaic Converters.- Chapter 10: Sensorless Control Technolo-gies for Stand-alone and Grid-connected Operation of Brush-less Doubly-Fed In-duction Generators in Smart Grid.- Chapter 11: Control and Observation of Induction Motors Based on Full-Order Terminal Sliding Mode Technique.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427838992727,"sku":"9789811698552","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811698552.jpg?v=1730565851"},{"product_id":"proceedings-of-10th-international-conference-on-mechatronics-and-control-engineering-icmce-2021-9789811915390","title":"Proceedings of 10th International Conference on","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis volume consists of selected peer reviewed papers from the 10th International Conference on Mechatronics and Control Engineering (ICMCE 2021) discussing latest advances in mechanical engineering and dynamic analysis, sensor technology and application, mechanical design and system modelling, control system and engineering, robot design and control engineering, development and performance analysis of functional materials. Additional themes include methodologies, algorithms, applications and knowledge discovery in mechatronics and control engineering. This volume will prove a valuable resource for those in academia and industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMechanical engineering and dynamic analysis.- Sensor Technology and Application.- Mechanical Design and System Modelling.- Control System and Engineering.- Robot design and control Engineering.- Development and performance analysis of functional materials.","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427843940695,"sku":"9789811915390","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811915390.jpg?v=1730565867"},{"product_id":"image-co-segmentation-9789811985690","title":"Image Co-segmentation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents and analyzes methods to perform image co-segmentation. In this book, the authors describe efficient solutions to this problem ensuring robustness and accuracy, and provide theoretical analysis for the same. Six different methods for image co-segmentation are presented. These methods use concepts from statistical mode detection, subgraph matching, latent class graph, region growing, graph CNN, conditional encoder–decoder network, meta-learning, conditional variational encoder–decoder, and attention mechanisms. The authors have included several block diagrams and illustrative examples for the ease of readers. This book is a highly useful resource to researchers and academicians not only in the specific area of image co-segmentation but also in related areas of image processing, graph neural networks, statistical learning, and few-shot learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction.- Survey of Image Co-segmentation.- Mathematical Background.- Co-segmentation using a Classification Framework.- Use of Maximum Common Subgraph Matching.- Maximally Occurring Common Subgraph Matching.- Co-segmentation using Graph Convolutional Neural Network.- Use of a Conditional Siamese Convolutional Network.- Few-shot Learning for Co-segmentation.- Conclusions.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49427854885207,"sku":"9789811985690","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811985690.jpg?v=1730565905"},{"product_id":"panoramic-imaging-9780470060650","title":"Panoramic Imaging","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePanoramic imaging is a progressive application and research area. This technology has applications in digital photography, robotics, film productions for panoramic screens, architecture, environmental studies, remote sensing and GIS technology. Applications demand different levels of accuracy for 3D documentation or visualizations.  \u003cp\u003eThis book describes two modern technologies for capturing high-accuracy panoramic images and range data, namely the use of sensor-line cameras and laser range-finders. It provides mathematically accurate descriptions of the geometry of these sensing technologies and the necessary information required to apply them to 3D scene visualization or 3D representation. The book is divided into three parts:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePart One contains a full introduction to panoramic cameras and laser range-finders, including a discussion of calibration to aid preparation of equipment ready for use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePart Two explains the concept of stereo panoramic imaging,\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.  \u003cp\u003eSeries Preface.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWebsite and Exercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Symbols.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Panoramas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Panoramic Paintings\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Panoramic or Wide-Angle Photographs\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Digital Panoramas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Striving for Accuracy\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Cameras and Sensors.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Camera Models\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Optics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Sensor Models\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Examples and Challenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Spatial Alignments.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Mathematical Fundamentals\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Central Projection:World into Image Plane\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Classification of Panoramas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Coordinate Systems for Panoramas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 General Projection Formula for Cylindrical Panorama\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Rotating Cameras\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Mappings between Different Image Surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Laser Range-Finder\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Epipolar Geometry.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Epipolar Curve Equation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Constrained Poses of Cameras\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Sensor Calibration.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Basics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Preprocesses for a Rotating Sensor-Line Camera\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 A Least-Square Error Optimization Calibration Procedure\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Geometric Dependencies of R and w\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Error Components in LRF Data\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Spatial Sampling.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Stereo Panoramas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Sampling Structure\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Spatial Resolution\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Distances between Spatial Samples\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Image Quality Control.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Two Requirements\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Terminology\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Parameter Optimization\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Error Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. Sensor Analysis and Design.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Scene Composition Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Stereoacuity Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Specification of Camera Parameters\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. 3D Meshing and Visualization.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 3D Graphics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Surface Modeling\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 More Techniques for Dealing with Digital Surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. Data Fusion.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Determination of Camera Image Coordinates\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Texture Mapping\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 High Resolution Orthophotos\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Fusion of Panoramic Images and Airborne Data\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Exercises\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Further Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eReferences.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49525364064599,"sku":"9780470060650","price":113.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470060650.jpg?v=1731860235"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/imaging-systems-and-technology.oembed?page=3","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}